2017 Guidance Manual Volume 2

FEDERAL ENERGY REGULATORY COMMISSION
Office of Energy Projects

GUIDANCE MANUAL
FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

Volume II
Liquefied Natural Gas Project Resource Reports 11 & 13
Supplemental Guidance

February 2017

BACKGROUND
In 1999, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission)
referenced in its regulations the document National Bureau of Standards Information
Report (NBSIR) 84-2833 Data Requirements for Seismic Review of LNG Facilities for
seismic hazard evaluations and seismic design criteria for LNG facilities. However, this
document was published in 1984 and its seismic requirements were based on the version
of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 193 (49 CFR Part 193) that
existed and the edition of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 59A that
was referenced by 49 CFR Part 193 at that time.
DOT regulations under 49 CFR 193 largely went unchanged from 1980 until 1999.
After 1999, DOT changed substantial portions of their regulations. When the Commission
received applications for liquefied natural gas (LNG) import terminals in the early- and
middle-2000s, we therefore developed a series of guidance documents to assist project
sponsors preparing applications to satisfy our regulations and needs to evaluate the safety
of the proposed projects. On December 15, 2005, we issued Draft Guidance on Resource
Report 11 and 13 to assist project sponsors in interpreting regulations under
18 CFR §380.12(m) and 18 CFR §380.12(o) for LNG applications. On April 12, 2006, we
issued the Draft Preferred Format Submittal Guidance to recommend the format of
submitted material to make our review more efficient. Finally, on January 23, 2007, we
issued the Draft FERC Seismic Design Guidelines and Data Submittal Requirements for
LNG Facilities in recognition that new U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT
requirements in 2003 adopted the 2001 edition of National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) Standard 59A.
The Draft Guidance on Resource Report 11 and 13 and Draft Preferred Format
Submittal Guidance were based upon what was understood to be the requirements of Title
49 CFR Part 193, incorporated references (e.g., NFPA 59A), and practices of LNG
facilities at the time. However, since then, a number of LNG project proposals have
necessitated our evaluation of distinct hazards and potential safety impacts. In addition,
we participated in a number of studies with the Fire Protection Research Foundation,
Department of Energy, Coast Guard, and Department of Transportation to better address
these hazards and potential safety impacts. In 2010, we assisted DOT in issuing additional
interpretations on the requirements to meet the exclusion zones and siting requirements in
49 CFR Part 193 and in 2011 assisted DOT in evaluating and approving additional hazard
modeling programs to demonstrate compliance with the 49 CFR Part 193 siting
regulations. Accordingly, we have refined and clarifed the level of information needed for
our evaluation of the hazards associated with proposed LNG facilities per 18 CFR
§380.12(m) and 18 CFR §380.12(o).

Commission Staff Guidance

February 2017

Similarly, Draft FERC Seismic Design Guidelines and Data Submittal
Requirements for LNG Facilities has benefited from years of application and were based
on DOT requirements for seismic evaluations, which have since changed. The current
seismic requirements for LNG facilities in DOT regulations under 49 CFR Part 193
incorporate by reference NFPA 59A-2006 and NFPA 59A-2001. NFPA 59A-2006 is only
applicable to stationary LNG storage tanks to be seismically designed for the safe shutdown
earthquake (SSE) and operating basis earthquake (OBE) design earthquake ground
motions. NFPA 59A-2001 requires piping with cold contents (−20 °F or lower) to be
designed dynamically for the OBE or statically 0.60 SDS (maximum spectral acceleration
of the design earthquake which equals 2/3 of the maximum considered earthquake [MCE])
as specified in the National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program (NEHRP)
Recommended Provisions. NFPA 59A-2001, Appendix B.5.2, refers seismic design for the
remainder of the LNG facilities to NEHRP Recommended Provisions, but these are in nonmandatory Appendix B. We also recognize the current FERC regulations under
Title 18 CFR §380.12(h)(5) continues to incorporate NBSIR 84-2833. NBSIR 84-2833
provides guidance on classifying stationary storage containers and related safety equipment
as Category I and classifying the remainder of the LNG project structures, systems, and
components as either Category II or Category III, but does not provide specific guidance
for the seismic design requirements for them. Absent any other regulatory requirements,
this guidance recommends that other LNG project structures classified as Seismic Category
II or Category III be seismically designed to satisfy the seismic requirement of the
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-05 1 in order to demonstrate there is not a
significant impact on the safety of the public. ASCE 7-05 is recommended as it is a
complete American National Standards Institute (ANSI) consensus design standard, its
seismic requirements are based directly on the NEHRP Recommended Provisions, and it
is referenced directly by the International Building Code (IBC). Having a link directly to
the IBC and ASCE 7 is important to accommodate seals by the engineer of record because
the IBC is directly linked to state professional licensing laws while the NEHRP
Recommended Provisions are not. Taken together, this Guidance Manual is based upon the
regulatory requirements of 18 CFR §380.12, 49 CFR Part 193, and provisions in ASCE 7
and other best practices to demonstrate that the potential hazard to the public from failure
of facility components resulting from natural catastrophes is addressed and that there would
not be a significant impact on public safety from seismicity and other natural hazards at
LNG facilities.

1

This guidance is based on the current version 49 CFR Part 193 that was applicable at the time of its writing and
is therefore consistent with NFPA 59A – 2006 for determination of seismic design ground motions. The
determination of seismic ground motions using the detailed procedures of ASCE 7-05 are consistent with the
seismic design ground motions defined in NFPA 59A – 2006 and are therefore utilized in this document. This
guidance does not supersede or alleviate an applicant of meeting 49 CFR Part 193 or any subsequent revisions
made to 49 CFR Part 193.

Commission Staff Guidance

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
VOLUME II
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................ ix
1

INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. 1

11

RESOURCE REPORT 11 – RELIABILITY AND SAFETY ............................ 1
11.1 Regulatory Oversight .................................................................................... 1
11.1.1 Regulatory Oversight of Reliability and Safety .............................. 1
11.2 Hazard Identification ..................................................................................... 3
11.2.1 Hazardous Materials ........................................................................ 3
11.2.2 Process Hazards ............................................................................... 5
11.2.3 Marine Transportation Hazards ....................................................... 6
11.2.4 Other Transportation Hazards ......................................................... 6
11.2.5 Crane and Lifting Hazards............................................................... 7
11.2.6 Adjacent Hazards............................................................................. 7
11.2.7 Natural Hazards ............................................................................... 7
11.2.8 Security Threats and Vulnerabilities ............................................... 7
11.3 Hazard Analyses ............................................................................................ 8
11.3.1 Hazardous Releases ......................................................................... 8
11.3.2 Hot and Cold Fluid Temperature Hazard Analysis ......................... 9
11.3.3 Asphyxiant and Toxic Vapor Dispersion Hazards Analysis ......... 10
11.3.4 Flammable Vapor Dispersion Hazards Analysis........................... 12
11.3.5 Vapor Cloud Overpressure Hazards Analysis ............................... 13
11.3.6 Fire Hazards Analysis.................................................................... 14
11.3.7 Vessel Overpressure Analyses ...................................................... 16
11.3.8 Fog or Steam Hazard Analyses ..................................................... 17
11.3.9 Other Hazard Analyses .................................................................. 18
11.3.10 Hazardous Material Disposal ........................................................ 18
11.4 Layers of Protection .................................................................................... 19
11.4.1 Layers of Protection ...................................................................... 19
11.5 Reliability .................................................................................................... 26
11.5.1 Description of Reliability .............................................................. 26

Commission Staff Guidance

i

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
13

RESOURCE REPORT 13 – ENGINEERING AND DESIGN
MATERIAL ............................................................................................................ 1
13.1 General Background and Project Management ............................................. 1
13.1.1 Project Facilities .............................................................................. 1
13.1.2 Location ........................................................................................... 2
13.1.3 Owner, Principal Contractors, and Operator ................................... 2
13.1.4 Feed and Sendout Product(s) ........................................................... 2
13.1.5 Project Schedule .............................................................................. 2
13.2 Site Information ............................................................................................. 3
13.2.1 Site Conditions ................................................................................ 3
13.2.2 Shipping Channel ............................................................................ 3
13.2.3 Climatic Conditions ......................................................................... 4
13.2.4 Geotechnical Conditions ................................................................. 4
13.3 Natural Hazard Design Conditions ............................................................... 5
13.3.1 Earthquakes ..................................................................................... 5
13.3.2 Tsunamis and Seiche ....................................................................... 6
13.3.3 Hurricanes and Other Meteorological Events ................................. 6
13.3.4 Tornados .......................................................................................... 7
13.3.5 Floods .............................................................................................. 7
13.3.6 Rain, Ice, Snow, and Related Events............................................... 7
13.3.7 Other Natural Hazards ..................................................................... 8
13.4 Marine Facilities ............................................................................................ 9
13.4.1 LNG Vessels .................................................................................... 9
13.4.2 Marine Platform Design ................................................................ 10
13.4.3 Marine Transfer Design ................................................................. 11
13.5 Feed Gas ...................................................................................................... 13
13.5.1 Feed Gas Design ............................................................................ 13
13.6 Feed Gas Pretreatment................................................................................. 15
13.6.1 Acid Gas Removal Design ............................................................ 15
13.6.2 Mercury Removal Design.............................................................. 17
13.6.3 Water Removal Design.................................................................. 18
13.7 Natural Gas Liquids (NGL) Removal, Storage, and Disposition................ 20
13.7.1 NGL Removal Design ................................................................... 20
13.7.2 NGL Storage Design ..................................................................... 22
13.7.3 NGL Disposition Design ............................................................... 23

Commission Staff Guidance

ii

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
13.8

13.9

13.10
13.11
13.12

13.13

13.14
13.15
13.16

13.17
13.18
13.19
13.20

Heavies/Condensates Removal, Storage, and Disposition .......................... 25
13.8.1 Heavies/Condensates Removal Design ......................................... 25
13.8.2 Heavies/Condensates Storage Design ........................................... 26
13.8.3 Heavies/Condensates Disposition Design ..................................... 27
Liquefaction System .................................................................................... 29
13.9.1 Refrigerant Trucking/Production Design ...................................... 29
13.9.2 Refrigerant Storage Design ........................................................... 30
13.9.3 Refrigerant Charge/Loading Pumps Design.................................. 31
13.9.4 Liquefaction Design ...................................................................... 32
13.9.5 Cooling System Design ................................................................. 34
LNG Product Transfer to Storage ............................................................... 35
13.10.1 LNG Transfer to Storage Design ................................................... 35
LNG Storage Tanks ..................................................................................... 37
13.11.1 LNG Storage Tank Design ............................................................ 37
Vapor Handling ........................................................................................... 39
13.12.1 Vapor Handling Design ................................................................. 39
13.12.2 Boil-off Gas (BOG) Re-Condensation Design .............................. 41
LNG Pumps ................................................................................................. 42
13.13.1 LNG Tank/Low Pressure (LP) Pump Design................................ 42
13.13.2 LNG Sendout/High Pressure (HP) System Design ....................... 43
LNG Trucking ............................................................................................. 45
13.14.1 LNG Trucking Design ................................................................... 45
LNG Vaporization ....................................................................................... 47
13.15.1 LNG Vaporizers Design ................................................................ 47
Heat Transfer Fluid (HTF) System(s) ......................................................... 49
13.16.1 HTF Storage Design ...................................................................... 49
13.16.2 HTF Heating System Design ......................................................... 50
Btu Adjustment............................................................................................ 52
13.17.1 Btu Adjustment System Design .................................................... 52
Sendout Metering System ........................................................................... 53
13.18.1 Sendout Metering Design .............................................................. 53
Fuel Gas ....................................................................................................... 54
13.19.1 Fuel Gas Design ............................................................................ 54
Nitrogen and Inert Gas ................................................................................ 55
13.20.1 Nitrogen Design............................................................................. 55

Commission Staff Guidance

iii

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
13.20.2 Inert Gas Design ............................................................................ 56
13.21 Instrument and Plant/Utility Air .................................................................. 58
13.21.1 Instrument Air Design ................................................................... 58
13.21.2 Plant/Utility Air Design................................................................. 59
13.22 Utility Water and Other Utilities ................................................................. 61
13.22.1 Utility Water Design...................................................................... 61
13.22.2 Other Utilities Design .................................................................... 62
13.23 Piping and Valves ........................................................................................ 63
13.23.1 Piping and Valve Design ............................................................... 63
13.24 Process Vessels............................................................................................ 65
13.24.1 Process Vessel Design ................................................................... 65
13.25 Rotating Equipment ..................................................................................... 66
13.25.1 Rotating Equipment Design* ........................................................ 66
13.26 Fired Equipment .......................................................................................... 67
13.26.1 Fired Equipment Design* .............................................................. 67
13.27 Buildings and Structures ............................................................................. 68
13.27.1 Buildings and Structures Design ................................................... 68
13.28 Electrical ...................................................................................................... 69
13.28.1 Electrical System Design............................................................... 69
13.29 Plans and Procedures ................................................................................... 71
13.29.1 Operation and Maintenance Plans ................................................. 71
13.30 Instrumentation and ControlS ..................................................................... 72
13.30.1 Basic Process Control System Design (BPCS) ............................. 72
13.31 Safety Instrumented Systems ...................................................................... 73
13.31.1 Safety Instrumented System (SIS) Design .................................... 73
13.32 Security Plans .............................................................................................. 74
13.32.1 Physical Security Plans.................................................................. 74
13.32.2 Cybersecurity Plans ....................................................................... 75
13.33 Relief Valve and Flare/Vent Systems ......................................................... 76
13.33.1 Relief Valves and Flare/Vent Systems Design.............................. 76
13.34 Spill Containment ........................................................................................ 78
13.34.1 Spill Containment System Design ................................................. 78
13.35 Passive Protection Systems ......................................................................... 79
13.35.1 Passive Protection Design ............................................................. 79

Commission Staff Guidance

iv

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
13.36 Hazard Detection Systems........................................................................... 80
13.36.1 Hazard Detection System Design .................................................. 80
13.37 Hazard Control Systems .............................................................................. 81
13.37.1 Hazard Control System Design ..................................................... 81
13.38 Fire Water System ....................................................................................... 82
13.38.1 Fire Water Design.......................................................................... 82
13.39 Emergency Response Plan .......................................................................... 85
13.39.1 Emergency Response Plan ............................................................ 85
RESOURCE REPORT 13 APPENDICES .................................................................... 87
13.A Appendix 13.A, Project Management ......................................................... 87
13.A.1 Site Location Maps and Drawing .................................................. 87
13.A.2 Owner Organizational Structure .................................................... 87
13.A.3 Construction Workforce Organizational Chart(s)* ....................... 87
13.A.4 Operation Workforce Organizational Chart(s)* ............................ 87
13.A.5 Gantt Chart .................................................................................... 88
13.B Appendix 13.B, Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies .......................... 91
13.B.1 Basis of Design and Criteria .......................................................... 91
13.B.2 Design and Control Philosophies .................................................. 92
13.C Appendix 13.C, Regulations and Permits ................................................... 93
13.C.1 Table of Regulatory Agencies, Permits, and Approvals ............... 93
13.C.2 Regulatory Agency Correspondence ............................................. 93
13.C.3 Regulatory Compliance Matrix ..................................................... 93
13.D Appendix 13.D, Codes and Standards ......................................................... 94
13.D.1 List of Codes and Standards .......................................................... 94
13.E Appendix 13.E, Engineering Design Information....................................... 95
13.E.1 Block Diagram of Facilities .......................................................... 95
13.E.2 Process Flow Diagrams ................................................................. 95
13.E.3 Utility Flow Diagrams ................................................................... 95
13.E.4 Heat and Material Balances ........................................................... 96
13.E.5 Piping and Instrumentation Drawings ........................................... 96
13.E.6 Plant and Equipment Layouts........................................................ 97
13.E.7 Plant Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)
Analyses* ...................................................................................... 98

Commission Staff Guidance

v

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
13.F Appendix 13.F, Specifications .................................................................... 99
13.F.1 Civil Specifications ....................................................................... 99
13.F.2 Mechanical Specifications ........................................................... 100
13.F.3 Electrical and Instrumentation Specifications ............................. 102
13.F.4 Security and Fire Safety Specifications....................................... 103
13.G Appendix 13.G, Hazard Identification ...................................................... 105
13.G.1 Process Hazard Analyses and Recommendations ....................... 105
13.G.2 Simultaneous Operation Studies ................................................. 105
13.G.3 Waterway Safety and Reliability Impact Studies ........................ 105
13.G.4 Road Safety and Reliability Impact studies ................................ 106
13.G.5 Rail Safety and Reliability Impact Studies.................................. 107
13.G.6 Air Safety and Reliability Impact studies.................................... 107
13.G.7 Crane and Lifting Impact studies ................................................ 108
13.G.8 Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses ............................... 108
13.H Appendix 13.H, Hazard Analyses ............................................................. 109
13.H.1 Safety Data Sheets ....................................................................... 109
13.H.2 Hazardous Release List ............................................................... 109
13.H.3 Hazard Analysis Reports ............................................................. 110
13.H.4 Meteorological Data .................................................................... 111
13.I Appendix 13.I, Natural Hazard Design Investigations and Forces ........... 112
13.I.1 Earthquakes ................................................................................. 112
13.I.2 Tsunami and Seiche ..................................................................... 119
13.I.3 Hurricanes and Other Meteorological Events ............................. 120
13.I.4 Tornados ...................................................................................... 122
13.I.5 Floods .......................................................................................... 124
13.I.6 Rain, Ice, and Snow ..................................................................... 125
13.I.7 Other Natural Hazards ................................................................. 126
13.J Appendix 13.J, Site Investigation and Conditions, and Foundation
Design ........................................................................................................ 127
13.J.1 Topographic Map ........................................................................ 127
13.J.2 Bathymetric Chart ....................................................................... 127
13.J.3 Climatic Data ............................................................................... 127
13.J.4 Geotechnical Investigation .......................................................... 127
13.J.5 Foundation Recommendations .................................................... 129
13.J.6 Structural Design Basis and Criteria ........................................... 130
Commission Staff Guidance

vi

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
13.J.7 Foundation and Support Drawings and Calculations .................. 131
13.K Appendix 13.K, Marine Systems .............................................................. 132
13.K.1 Marine Facility Drawings ............................................................ 132
13.L Appendix 13.L, LNG Tank Information ................................................... 133
13.L.1 LNG Tank Specifications ............................................................ 133
13.L.2 LNG Tank Drawings. .................................................................. 133
13.L.3 LNG Tank and Foundation Structural Design ............................ 133
13.M Appendix 13.M, Piping, Vessel, Equipment, and Buildings .................... 134
13.M.1 Piping and Valve List* ................................................................ 134
13.M.2 Tie-in List* .................................................................................. 134
13.M.3 Equipment List ............................................................................ 134
13.M.4 Equipment Process, Mechanical, and Thermal Data Sheets ....... 134
13.M.5 Manufacturer’s Data .................................................................... 134
13.M.6 List of Buildings and Structures .................................................. 134
13.M.7 Building Siting Analysis.............................................................. 135
13.M.8 Building Drawings....................................................................... 135
13.N Appendix 13.N, Electrical Design Information ........................................ 136
13.N.1 Electrical Load List ..................................................................... 136
13.N.2 Transformer List .......................................................................... 136
13.N.3 Single Line Drawings .................................................................. 136
13.N.4 UPS Drawings ............................................................................. 136
13.N.5 Electrical Area Classification Drawings ..................................... 136
13.N.6 Electrical Seal Drawings ............................................................. 136
13.O Appendix 13.O, Plans and Procedures ...................................................... 137
13.O.1 Management of Change Procedures and Forms* ........................ 137
13.O.2 QA/QC Plans and Procedures* ................................................... 137
13.O.3 Commissioning Plans* ................................................................ 137
13.O.4 Operating Plans and Procedures* ................................................ 138
13.O.5 Maintenance Plans and Procedures* ........................................... 138
13.O.6 Safety Procedures* ...................................................................... 138
13.P Appendix 13.P, Process Control and Instrumentation .............................. 139
13.P.1 Instrument Lists ........................................................................... 139
13.P.2 System Architecture drawings..................................................... 139
13.Q Appendix 13.Q, Safety Instrumented Systems and Shut-off Valves ........ 140
13.Q.1 Cause & Effect Matrices ............................................................. 140
Commission Staff Guidance

vii

February 2017

GUIDANCE MANUAL FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT PREPARATION
For Applications Filed Under the
Natural Gas Act

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
13.Q.2 Block Diagrams ........................................................................... 140
13.Q.3 List of Shutoff Valves ................................................................. 140
13.Q.4 Drawing of ESD Manual Activation Devices ............................. 140
13.Q.5 Shutoff Valve Manufacturer’s Data ............................................ 140
13.R Appendix 13.R, Relief Valves and Flare/Vent Systems ........................... 141
13.R.1 List of Relief Valves* .................................................................. 141
13.R.2 Flaring Load and Venting Capacities and Sizing ........................ 141
13.S Appendix 13.S, Spill, Toxic, Fire, and Explosion Protection ................... 142
13.S.1 Preliminary Fire Protection Evaluation ....................................... 142
13.S.2 Spill Containment Matrix ............................................................ 142
13.S.3 Spill Containment Drawings and Calculations ........................... 143
13.S.4 Passive Protection Drawings ....................................................... 143
13.S.5 Hazard Detection Matrix ............................................................. 143
13.S.6 Hazard Detection Drawings ........................................................ 144
13.S.7 Hazard Control Matrix ................................................................ 144
13.S.8 Hazard Control Drawings ............................................................ 144
13.S.9 Fire Water Matrix ........................................................................ 145
13.S.10 Fire Water Drawings ................................................................... 145
13.T Appendix 13.T, Technology, Process, and Equipment Selection and
Alternatives ............................................................................................... 146
13.T.1 Design Studies and Alternatives.................................................. 146
ATTACHMENTS .............................................................................................................. 1
Attachment 1 – Typical Cost-Influence Curve of a LNG Facility and FERC
Review ........................................................................................................... 1
Attachment 2 – Equipment Data Table .................................................................... 2
Attachment 3 – Sample Seismic Ground Motion Hazard Evaluation Contents ...... 3
Attachment 4 – Sample Categorization of LNG Structures, Components, and
Systems ........................................................................................................ 10
Attachment 5 – Sample Seismic Design Information Contents ............................. 14
Attachment 6 – Sample Geotechnical Report Contents ......................................... 19
Attachment 7 – Sample Foundation Design Criteria Contents .............................. 29

Commission Staff Guidance

viii

February 2017

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AEGL
AFFF
ALE
ANSI
API
ASCE
ASD
ASTM
BLEVE
BOG
BPCS
Bscf
Btu
CBR
CCTV
CEII
CFR
CIDH
Coast Guard
Commission
CPT
DCS
DE
DoD
DOT
DTE
EF
EPA
ESD
°F
FAA
FAQ
FAT
FEED
FEMA
FERC
FGS
ft
ft3
gal

Acute Exposure Guideline Levels
Aqueous Film-Forming Foam
Aftershock Level Earthquake
American National Standards Institute
American Petroleum Institute
American Society of Civil Engineers
allowable stress design
American Society for Testing and Materials
boiling-liquid expanding-vapor explosion
boil-off gas
basic process control system
billion standard cubic feet
British thermal unit
California Bearing Ratio
closed circuit television
Critical Energy Infrastructure Information
Code of Federal Regulations
cast-in drill hole
U.S. Coast Guard
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
cone penetration test
distributed control system
Design Earthquake
U.S. Department of Defense
U.S. Department of Transportation
design tip elevation
Enhanced Fujita
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
emergency shutdown
degrees Fahrenheit
Federal Aviation Administration
frequently asked questions
factory acceptance test
front-end engineering design
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
fire and gas system
foot
cubic foot
U.S. gallon

Commission Staff Guidance

ix

February 2017

gpm
hr
HAZID
HAZOP
HHV
HMI
HP
HTF
HVAC
IBC
inH2O
inHg
ISA
ISO
kV
kVA
lb/hr
LFL
LHV
LNG
LOI
LOPA
LP
m3
mbar
MCE
MCT
mil
mm
MMBtu
MMscfd
MOC
mph
MSE
MTPA
MWt
NAVD
NBSIR
NDE
NEHRP
NEPA
NFPA
NGA

U.S. gallons per minute
hour
Hazard Identification
Hazard and Operability
higher heating value
human-machine interface
high pressure
heat-transfer fluid
heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
International Building Code
inches of water
inches of mercury
International Society of Automation
International Organization for Standardization
kilovolt
kilovolt-ampere (one-thousand volt-amperes)
pounds per hour
lower flammability limit
lower heating value
liquefied natural gas
Letter of Intent
Layers of Protection Analysis
low pressure
cubic meter
millibar
Maximum Considered Earthquake
Maximum Considered Tsunami
thousandth of an inch
millimeter
million British thermal units
million standard cubic feet per day
management of change
miles per hour
mechanically stabilized earth
million tons per annum
megawatt-thermal
North American Vertical Datum of 1988
National Bureau of Standards Information Report
non-destructive examination
National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program
National Environmental Policy Act
National Fire Protection Association
Natural Gas Act

Commission Staff Guidance

x

February 2017

NGL
NGVD
NIST
NOAA
NOx
NPSH
NRC
NTP
NVIC
OBE
OECD
P&C
P&IDs
PDA
PFD
PHA
PHMSA
ppm
ppb-v
%-vol
psia
psig
PVB
RAM
RQD
SAT
scfm
SDS
SD1
SIL
SIMOPS
SIS
SIT
SMS
SM1
SSE
STE
TER
TL
UFD
UFL
UPS
USGS

natural gas liquids
National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929
National Institute of Standards and Technology
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
nitrogen oxides
net positive suction head
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
normal temperature and pressure
Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular
Operating Basis Earthquake
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
privileged and confidential
piping and instrumentation drawings
pile driving analyzer
process flow diagrams
process hazard analysis
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Administration
parts per million
parts per billion by volume
percent by volume
pounds per square inch absolute
pounds per square inch gauge
pressure vessel burst
reliability, availability, and maintainability
rock quality designation
site acceptance test
standard cubic feet per minute
design earthquake spectral response acceleration at short periods
design earthquake spectral response acceleration at 1-sec period
Safety Integrity Level
Simultaneous Operations
safety instrumented system
site integration test
MCE spectral response acceleration at short periods
MCE spectral response acceleration at 1-sec periods
Safe Shutdown Earthquake
specified tip elevation
transcutaneous electrical resistance
long-period transition period
utility flow diagram
upper flammability limit
uninterruptible power supply
U.S. Geological Survey

Commission Staff Guidance

xi

February 2017

V
VCE
(ϕ)

volt
vapor cloud explosion
angle of internal friction

Commission Staff Guidance

xii

February 2017

1

INTRODUCTION

We 2 provide this Guidance Manual to describe information in an application for a
LNG project to evaluate and address potential safety and reliability impacts and include
related engineering design information 3. This document combines, replaces, and updates
the Guidance for Filing Resource Reports 11 & 13 for LNG Facility Applications (Dec.
2005), Resource Report 13 Draft Preferred Submittal Format Guidance (Apr. 2006), and
the Draft Seismic Design Guidelines and Data Submittal Requirements for LNG Facilities
(Jan. 2007).
This manual does not substitute for, amend, or supersede the Commission’s
regulations under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (NGA) or the Commission’s and Council
on Environmental Quality’s (CEQ) regulations under the National Environmental Policy
Act of 1969 (NEPA). It imposes no new legal obligations and grants no additional rights.
To the extent practicable, we use non-mandatory language such as “recommend,”
“encourage,” and “may” to describe Commission staff’s recommendations. We use
mandatory language such as “required,” “must,” and “must not” to describe controlling
requirements under the terms of statutes and regulations. The manual discusses our
preferred format for certain documents and data presentation. However, applicants can use
an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and
regulations.
The purpose of Volume II is to facilitate our review and to assist applicants by
identifying the specific information and level of detail and formatting recommended for
Resource Report 11 and Resource Report 13 submitted in applications for LNG projects.
These Resource Reports are required are required for proposals for new LNG facilities,
expansions of existing LNG facilities, or re-commissioning of existing LNG facilities per
Title 18 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Section 380.12 (18 CFR §380.12). The
resource reports must contain the type of site-specific design information produced in the
normal course of developing the design of an LNG project. The resource reports usually
would not require abnormal details or special drawings generated solely for the
Commission unless novel designs require additional detail or we request further detail.
2

3

“We,” “us,” and “our” refer to the environmental staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission’s Office of
Energy Projects. “You,” whether explicit or implied, refers to the applicant proposing a natural gas project or to
the applicant’s agent(s) who prepares, uses, or reviews these types of environmental documents.
See Title 18, Chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) §380.12(h)(5), 18 CFR §380.12(m), and 18 CFR
§380.12(o) of the Commission’s regulations, which appear throughout this document. The Commission’s
regulations in part 380 implement the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, with section 380.12
specifically addressing Environmental Reports for applications under the Natural Gas Act. Similarly, other
agencies’ regulations include a full citation, such as 49 CFR Part 193 issued by the Pipeline and Hazardous
Materials Safety Administration within the U.S. Department of Transportation.

Commission Staff Guidance

1-1

February 2017

Resource Report 11 addresses the potential hazard if facility components were to
fail due to accidents or natural catastrophes, how these events would affect reliability and
safety, and the procedures and design features that applicants would use to reduce potential
hazards. Resource Report 11 should serve as a public summary that we can use to prepare
our environmental document under NEPA. Resource Report 13 contains more detailed
information that supports the summarized information in Resource Report 13, which we
use to verify whether the engineering design ensures adequate reliability and safety.
The level of detail to be submitted in Resource Report 13 varies based on the phase
of project development. We intend to provide our input early enough in the design phase
to influence the reliability and safety provisions considered in the design while minimizing
associated costs with changes as shown in the relationship in Attachment 1. No matter the
phase of the project development, the level of detail should include all features necessary
to evaluate the design, construction, commissioning, start-up, operation, and maintenance
of the facilities as identified in this guidance. The level of detail at the time of pre-filing is
typically reflective of a front end engineering design (FEED) still in development. The
level of detail at the time of application is typically reflective of a completed FEED. We
do not expect details about the final design at the time of application, but note that this
guidance also includes information that may become available during the final design
phase, as indicated by an asterisk (*). The development of final design information should
be discussed as identified in this guidance, but would not be expected to be developed at
the time of application.
Detailed information filed on the engineering design may qualify as Critical Energy
Infrastructure Information (CEII) and privileged material. All filings must be made in
compliance with the 18 CFR Part 388 of the Commission’s regulations concerning CEII
and privileged material. If providing separate binders or electronic filings for public, CEII,
and privileged versions, then the privileged version should be a complete resource report
for review that includes all public and CEII information. Any CEII or privleged material
should be filed as non-public and labeled “Contains Privileged Information – Do Not
Release” (18 CFR §388.112) or “Contains Critical Energy Infrastructure Information
– Do Not Release” (18 CFR §388.113) and should be filed separately from the remaining
information which should be marked “Public.”

Commission Staff Guidance

1-2

February 2017

Filings
We issue this Guidance Manual to broadly address all types of LNG projects.
Because each project is unique, some topics may not be appropriate for the scope of a
proposed project or may not apply at all. Where a topic does not apply to the proposed
facilities, applicants should note that the topic is “Not applicable” in the filing. If the
applicant wishes to add to the list of topics, the applicant should make the addition at the
end of the list and not as an insert.
The filings should include a complete set of drawings in electronic and hard copy
format to FERC LNG staff as part of the submitted application.
Hard copies of drawings should be on 11”x17” paper in three-ring binders. The
drawings must be legible (e.g., hard copies of colored drawings are to be printed in color,
not black and white) with a title block and not folded. The drawings should be preceded by
a master index on 8.5” x 11” paper that lists drawing number, drawing name, revision date,
and revision number. Hard copies should be placed in separate binders in the format order
recommended in this guidance and be separated for each Appendix. Each binder volume
should be labeled, numbered, and ordered with a master index of the entire Resource
Report contents. The spine of each volume should also be labeled, numbered, and ordered
to reflect the contents.
Electronic copies of drawings should be filed in .pdf or .docx formats. The drawings
must be legible, and the textual content should be searchable. The drawings should be
preceded by a master index that lists drawing number, drawing name, revision date, and
revision number matching the hard copies. Electronic copies should be bookmarked and
separated into distinct electronic documents for the main text of Resource Report 11, for
the main text of Resource Report 13, and for each Appendix.

Commission Staff Guidance

1-3

February 2017

11 RESOURCE REPORT 11 – RELIABILITY AND
SAFETY
11.1

REGULATORY OVERSIGHT 4

11.1.1

Regulatory Oversight of Reliability and Safety

PROVIDE a description of the regulatory oversight of reliability and safety for the
proposed facilities. At a minimum, the description should describe the regulatory agencies
that have oversight over the reliability and safety of the facilities, operations, and associated
hazardous material transportation to and from the facilities as well as any agency
coordination that has occurred. The description should reference Resource Report 13,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, and all other applicable appendices, and should
describe:
11.1.1.1 U.S. Department of Transportation Pipeline and Hazardous Materials
Administration
For U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) Pipeline and Hazardous Materials
Administration (PHMSA) jurisdictional facilities, discuss and include
consultation on any interpretations, special permits, equivalencies, and other
issuances by DOT on the project.
11.1.1.2 U.S. Coast Guard
For U.S. Coast Guard (Coast Guard) jurisdictional facilities, discuss and
includeall Letter of Intent (LOI) submittals and any issuances by the Coast Guard
on the project.
11.1.1.3 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
For U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) jurisdictional facilities,
discuss and include all preliminary Risk Management Plans and any
correspondence or issuances by the EPA on the project.
11.1.1.4 U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration
For U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) jurisdictional
facilities, discuss and include all Process Safety Management Plans and any
correspondence or issuances by the OSHA on the project.

4

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1) and 18 CFR §380.12(o)(13).

Commission Staff Guidance

11-1

February 2017

11.1.1.5 U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration
For DOT Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) jurisdictional facilities with
aeronautical operations and installations that may be impacted by the proposed
facilities, or by construction (e.g., cranes) or operation of the project, or by
transportation to or from the project site, discuss and include any related
aeronautical studies and determinations from the DOT FAA on the project.
11.1.1.6 U.S. Department of Defense
For Department of Defense (DoD) military operations and installations that may
be impacted by the facilities, or by construction or operation of the project, or by
transportation to or from the project site, discuss and include any correspondence
and issuances by the DoD on the project.
11.1.1.7 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
For U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) jurisdictional nuclear plants
that may be impacted by the proposed facilities, or by construction or operation
of the project, or by transportation to or from the project site, discuss and include
any related correspondence and issuances by the NRC.
11.1.1.8 State Agencies
For all proposed facilities, discuss and include any communications or
correspondence with the state and local safety agencies and fire marshals.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-2

February 2017

11.2

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 5

11.2.1

Hazardous Materials

PROVIDE a description of all hazardous materials 6 that would be stored,
processed, or handled onsite, including those arriving at or departing from the site by
various transportation modes including pipelines. For materials whose compositions vary
throughout the process, such as natural gas liquids, use the full range of properties. If any
material composition would not be known until vendor selection, use conservative
estimates that cover the full range of potential compositions. The description should
reference any safety data sheets or calculations of mixed fluid properties submitted
pursuant to Appendix 13.H, as well as any relevant details in all other applicable
appendices, and should include:
11.2.1.1

11.2.1.1.1

Hazardous material stored (capacities, U.S. gallons [gal];
temperatures, degrees Fahrenheit [°F]; pressures, pounds per
square inch gauge [psig])

11.2.1.1.2

Hazardous materials processed or handled (concentration
range, percent by volume (%-vol); temperature range, °F;
pressure range, psig)

11.2.1.2

5
6

7

8

9

List of hazardous materials

List of all physical properties

11.2.1.2.1

Freezing/melting
temperature
at
normal 7
(14.7 pounds per square inch absolute [psia]) 8, °F

pressure

11.2.1.2.2

Boiling/condensing
(14.7 psia) 9, °F

pressure

temperature

at

normal

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1)-(3).
Proprietary mixtures may be filed as privileged and confidential, but a summary or range of the properties as
public information.
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Handbook 44, 2016. Normal temperature and pressure
(NTP) is defined as 21 °C (70 °F) and 101.325 kPa (14.696 psia).
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D1015, Standard Test Method for Freezing Points of High
Purity Hydrocarbons.
NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response, defines
boiling point as the temperature at which vapor pressure of liquid is equal to the surrounding atmospheric pressure.
For mixes that do not have a constant boiling temperature, use the 20% evaporation point of a distillation
performed in accordance with ASTM D86, Standard Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products at
Atmospheric Pressure.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-3

February 2017

11.2.1.2.3

Vapor and liquid densities at boiling/condensing temperature
and normal pressure (14.7 psia), pounds per cubic foot (lb/ft3)

11.2.1.2.4

Vapor and liquid densities at normal temperature (70 °F) and
normal pressure (14.7 psia) 10, lb/ft3

11.2.1.3

11.2.1.3.1

Maximum concentration of toxic component in process

11.2.1.3.2

Maximum amount of toxic component accumulated for
disposal

11.2.1.3.3

Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGL)-1, -2, -3
concentrations

11.2.1.4

10

11

12

13

List of all toxic properties

List of all flammable and combustible properties

11.2.1.4.1

Flash points, 11 °F

11.2.1.4.2

Flammability ranges, upper flammability limit (UFL) and
lower flammability limit (LFL), 12 %-vol

11.2.1.4.3

Stoichiometric concentrations, %-vol

11.2.1.4.4

Minimum ignition energies, millijoules (mJ)

11.2.1.4.5

Quenching distance, 13 millimeter (mm)

11.2.1.4.6

Maximum experimental safety gap, mm

ASTM D1657, Standard Test Method for Density or Relative Density of Light Hydrocarbons by Pressure
Hydrometer;
ASTM D1298, Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density, or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and
Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method.
ASTM D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester;
ASTM D1310, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point and Fire Point of Liquids by Tag Open Cup Tester; ASTM
E502, Standard Test Method for Selection and Use of ASTM Standards for the Determination of Flash Point of
Chemicals for by Closed Cup Methods;
ASTMD56, Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester;
ASTM D93 Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester;
ASTM D3278 Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus;
ASTM D3828, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed Cup Tester.
ASTM E681, Standard Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals;
ASTM E918, Standard Test Method for Determining Limits of Flammability of Chemicals at Elevated
Temperature and Pressure.
ASTM E582, Standard Test Method for Minimum Ignition Energy and Quenching Distance in Gaseous Mixtures.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-4

February 2017

11.2.1.4.7

Auto-ignition temperatures,14 °F

11.2.1.4.8

Heat of combustions, megajoules per kilogram (MJ/kg)

11.2.1.4.9

Laminar flame speed, meters per second (m/s)

11.2.1.5

11.2.1.5.1

Corrosivity of skin15

11.2.1.5.2

External and internal corrosion rate of metal surfaces,
thousandths of an inch per year (mils/year)

11.2.1.5.3

Stress Corrosion Cracking sucetpibility or potential (e.g.,
active path dissolution SCC, chloride SCC, anhydrous
ammonia SCC, hydrogen SCC, etc)

11.2.1.6

11.2.2

List of all corrosive properties

List of all reactivity properties with other materials in process

11.2.1.6.1

Reactivity with water

11.2.1.6.2

Reactivity with mercury (e.g. aluminum)

11.2.1.6.3

Reactivity with other materials in process

Process Hazards

PROVIDE a description of process hazard identification and analyses conducted to
date to identify potential hazardous events possible from the hazardous materials stored,
processed, and handled onsite and analyze the safeguards necessary to mitigate such
hazards. The description should reference the Engineering Design Information in
Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and Hazard Identification in
Appendices 13.G.1 and 13.G.2, and all other applicable appendices.
14
15

ASTM E659, Standard Test Method for Autoignition Temperature of Liquid Chemicals.
OECD 404, Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion;
OECD TG 430, In Vitro Transcutaneous Electrical Resistance Test (TER);
OECD 431, In Vitro Human Skin Model Test;
OECD TG 435, In Vitro Membrane Barrier Test Method.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-5

February 2017

11.2.3

Marine Transportation Hazards

PROVIDE a description of marine transportation hazard identification and analyses
conducted to date to identify the potential for hazardous events and analyze the safeguards
and security necessary to mitigate such events along the transit route. The description
should reference the Waterway Safety and Reliability Impact Studies 16 in Appendix
13.G.3, and all other applicable appendices, and should include:

11.2.4

11.2.3.1

Results of the ship simulation studies

11.2.3.2

Depictions of the marine hazard zones (accidental and intentional)

11.2.3.3

Areas impacted by the marine hazard zones (e.g., populated areas,
transportation infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and
safety facilities, and military facilities)

11.2.3.4

Safeguards and security necessary to mitigate impacts

Other Transportation Hazards

PROVIDE a description of any potential hazards from transportation activities
(e.g., road, rail, air) that may impact the proposed facilities. The description should
reference Appendices 13.G.4, 13.G.5, and 13.G.6, and all other applicable appendices, and
should include:

16

11.2.4.1

Transportation within the LNG plant boundaries

11.2.4.2

Transportation alongside or through the LNG plant

11.2.4.3

Safeguards that would mitigate impacts

Waterway Suitability Assessments submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with 18 CFR §157.21(a)(1),
18 CFR §157.21(f)(13), 33 CFR §127.007, and Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular (NVIC) 01-2011,
Guidance Related to Waterfront Liquefied Natural Gas Facilities may satisfy Waterway Safety and Reliability
Impact Studies in Appendix 13.G.3. This material may include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information
(CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or Chemical-Terrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and must
comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-6

February 2017

11.2.5

Crane and Lifting Hazards

PROVIDE a description of any potential hazards from crane and lifting activities
that may impact the proposed facilities. The description should reference Appendices
13.G.7, and all other applicable appendices.
11.2.6

Adjacent Hazards

PROVIDE a description of any potential hazards from facilities adjacent to the
project site and describe any safeguards that would mitigate impacts. The description
should reference Appendix 13.H.3 and all other applicable appendices.
11.2.7

Natural Hazards

PROVIDE a description of natural hazard analyses conducted to date to identify
the potential for hazardous events and the safeguards necessary to mitigate such events.
The description should reference Appendices 13.I and 13.J, and all other applicable
appendices.
11.2.8

Security Threats and Vulnerabilities 17

PROVIDE a description of the type of threat and vulnerability analyses that have
been and will be conducted to identify potential hazardous events and the safeguards and
security necessary to mitigate such events. At a minimum, the description should reference
security threat and vulnerability assessments that have been or will be completed as part of
the development of the facility or site security plan in Section 13.31 and Appendix 13.G.8
and all other applicable appendices.
17

Security Threat and Vulnerability Information prepared for or submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with
33 CFR §105.305 or prepared for or submitted to Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in accordance with
6 CFR §27.215 may satisfy Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses in Appendix 13.G.8. This material may
include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information (CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or ChemicalTerrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and should comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-7

February 2017

11.3

HAZARD ANALYSES 18

11.3.1

Hazardous Releases

PROVIDE a summary of the hazardous releases used for consequence modeling.
The summary should demonstrate compliance with federal regulations 19 and should
reference Appendix 13.H, and all other applicable appendices. The summary should
tabulate:

18
19

11.3.1.1

Scenario number

11.3.1.2

Hazardous fluid

11.3.1.3

Size of hole/failure, in

11.3.1.4

Size of piping/equipment, in (piping), gal (vessels/tanks)

11.3.1.5

General location, plant area

11.3.1.6

Orientation, vertical, horizontal, other

11.3.1.7

Release height, ft

11.3.1.8

Release temperature, °F

11.3.1.9

Release pressure, psig (depressurization pressure, if applicable)

11.3.1.10

Release flow rate, lb/hr and gallons per minute (gpm)

11.3.1.11

Release duration, min or hr

11.3.1.12

Liquid rainout, %-vol

18 CFR §380.12(m)(2), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(5).
This may include distinct hazards for DOT’s regulations at 49 CFR Part 193 and/or worst case and alternative
scenarios for EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 68, as applicable.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-8

February 2017

11.3.2

Hot and Cold Fluid Temperature Hazard Analysis

PROVIDE a summary of the of hot and cold temperature hazards from contact with
liquid spills and jetting fluids or inadequately mitigated cascading events. The summary
should demonstrate compliance with federal regulations 20 and should reference the
complete Hazard Analysis Report(s) in Appendix 13.H, and relevant details in all other
applicable appendices, and should summarize:
11.3.2.1

20

21

22

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.2.1.1

Description of model used to analyze hazards and uncertainty
in predictions based on scientific assessment, verification and
validation results

11.3.2.1.2

Description of releases or inadequately mitigated cascading
events used in modeling

11.3.2.1.3

Description of terrain and other surrounding features used in
modeling

11.3.2.1.4

Description of structures, equipment, piping, and other plant
components used in modeling

11.3.2.2

Description of grading, curbing, trenches, impoundments, and
other hazard mitigation measures used in modeling

11.3.2.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting grading, curbing, trenches,
impoundments, and other hazard mitigation measures with
directions of flow and other relevant descriptive features

11.3.2.4

Drawing(s) with scale depicting extent of potential contact burns
(e.g., 160 °F 21) and thermal degradation for hot temperature
hazards and potential freeze burns and embrittlement
(e.g., –20 °F 22) for cold temperature hazards, relative to equipment,

This may include design spills for DOT’s regulations at 49 CFR Part 193, worst case and alternative scenarios
for EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 68, and/or zones of concern for Coast Guard’s NVIC 01-2011, as applicable.
ASTM C1055, Standard Guide for Heated System Surface Conditions that Produce Contact Burn Injuries; ASTM
C680, Standard Practice for Estimate of the Heat Gain or Loss and the Surface temperatures of Insulated Flat,
Cylindrical, and Spherical Systems by Use of Computer Programs.
Based on minimum design metal temperatures (MDMT) in ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31.3, Process
Piping; ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

Commission Staff Guidance

11-9

February 2017

occupied buildings, and property lines, taking into account any
uncertainties of models and hazard mitigation measures 23
11.3.3

Asphyxiant and Toxic Vapor Dispersion Hazards Analysis

PROVIDE a summary of the asphyxiant and toxic dispersion hazards from releases
or inadequately mitigated cascading events. The summary should demonstrate compliance
with federal regulations 24 and should reference the complete Hazard Analysis Report(s) in
Appendix 13.H, and relevant details in all other applicable appendices, and should
summarize:
11.3.3.1

23

24

25

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.3.1.1

Description of model used to analyze hazards and uncertainty
in predictions based on scientific assessment, verification and
validation results 25

11.3.3.1.2

Description of releases or inadequately mitigated cascading
events used in modeling

11.3.3.1.3

Description of the toxic endpoint concentration of AEGL-1, -2,
and -3 and exposure duration

11.3.3.1.4

Description of wind direction, speed, stability, turbulence,
temperature, relative humidity, ambient pressure, and other
weather conditions used in modeling

11.3.3.1.5

Description of terrain and surface roughness, and other
surrounding features used in modeling

Hot and cold temperature hazards are typically limited by the heat transfer characteristics of the fluid. Direct
contact with liquids, surfaces of equipment, or direct exposure to high momentum vapors at the release location
tend to produce high enough heat transfer rates compared to vapors dispersing in low wind conditions.
Referencing of properly designed spill containment and structural supports in Resource Report 13 is satisfactory
to demonstrate these hot and cold temperature hazards from liquid spills will not impact the safety or reliability
of the facilities. Referencing of properly designed piping and equipment thermal insulation in Resource Report
13 is satisfactory to demonstrate direct contact with surfaces of equipment would not pose a hazard. Referencing
of properly done hazard modeling that shows hot and cold temperatures would not extend offsite or onto
equipment or structural supports in Resource Report 13 is satisfactory to demonstrate hot and cold temperatures
from vapor releases will not impact the safety or reliability of the facilities. The modeling should show this by
tracking the temperature directly or by tracking the concentrations and correlating the concentrations with
temperatures.
This may include distinct hazards for DOT’s regulations at 49 CFR Part 193 and/or worst case and alternative
scenarios for EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 68, as applicable.
Dispersion of a release with multiple toxins should discuss how all toxic components are accounted for in
modeling when determining the toxic concentrations.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-10

February 2017

26

27

28

11.3.3.1.6

Description of structures, equipment, piping, and other plant
components used in modeling

11.3.3.1.7

Description of vapor barriers (material of construction,
dimensions,
locations,
impermeability,
maintenance
requirements, etc.), fans, and other hazard mitigation measures
used in modeling 26

11.3.3.2

Drawing(s) with scale depicting vapor barriers, fans, and other
hazard mitigation measures with vapor barrier heights, fan
capacities, and other descriptive information

11.3.3.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting extent of 19.5 %-vol, 16 %-vol,
and 12.5 %-vol oxygen concentrations 27 for asphyxiation hazards,
relative to equipment, occupied buildings, and property lines taking
into account any uncertainties of models and hazard mitigation
measures 28

11.3.3.4

Drawing(s) with scale depicting extent of AEGL-1, -2, and -3 based
on exposure time toxicity hazards, relative to equipment, occupied
buildings, property lines, and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas,
transportation infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and
safety facilities, and military facilities), taking into account any
uncertainties of models (e.g., ½-AEGL-1, -2, -3) and hazard
mitigation measures

11.3.3.5

Description of any mitigation measures to address the impacts that
would exacerbate the initial hazard, including effects from intake
of toxic or oxygen depriving vapors into occupied buildings.

Active mitigation used in modeling should be supported with information on reliability of its operation and must
be approved.
ASNI Z88.2, American National Standard for Respiratory Protection, 1992.
Hightower, M., Gritzo, L., Luketa-Hanlin, A., et al, Guidance on Risk Analysis and Safety Implications of a Large
Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) Spill Over Water, SAND2004-6258, December 2004.
OSHA’s Respiratory Protection rule, 63 Fed. Reg. 1152, 1159 (Jan. 1998).
Where flammable endpoint concentrations or toxic endpoint concentrations are less than asphyxiation endpoint
concentrations and are modeled and shown to not impact the public, there does not need to be further
demonstration that higher asphyxiation concentrations would also not impact the public as the dispersion distance
of a lower concentration will encompass the dispersion distance of a higher concentration.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-11

February 2017

11.3.4

Flammable Vapor Dispersion Hazards Analysis

PROVIDE a summary of the flammable vapor dispersion hazards from releases or
inadequately mitigated cascading events. The summary should demonstrate compliance
with federal regulations 29 and should reference the complete Hazard Analysis Report(s) in
Appendix 13.H, and relevant details in all other applicable appendices, and should
summarize:
11.3.4.1

29

30

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.4.1.1

Description of model used to analyze hazards and uncertainty
in predictions based on scientific assessment, verification and
validation results

11.3.4.1.2

Description of releases or inadequately mitigated cascading
events used in modeling

11.3.4.1.3

Description of wind direction, speed, stability, turbulence,
temperature, relative humidity, ambient pressure, and other
weather conditions used in modeling

11.3.4.1.4

Description of terrain and surface roughness, and other
surrounding features used in modeling

11.3.4.1.5

Description of structures, equipment, piping, and other plant
components used in modeling

11.3.4.1.6

Description of vapor barriers, fans, and other hazard mitigation
measures used in modeling 30

11.3.4.2

Drawing(s) with scale depicting vapor barriers, fans, and other
hazard mitigation measures with vapor barrier heights, fan
capacities, and other descriptive information

11.3.4.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting extent of LFL and UFL
concentrations for flammable vapor dispersion hazards, relative to
equipment, occupied buildings, property lines, and offsite areas
(e.g., populated areas, transportation infrastructure, industrial
facilities, public health and safety facilities, and military facilities),

This may include exclusion zones and other distinct hazardous zones for DOT’s regulations at 49 CFR Part 193,
worst case and alternative scenarios for EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 68, and/or zones of concern for Coast
Guard’s NVIC 01-2011, as applicable.
Active mitigation used in modeling should be supported with information about its operating reliability and must
be approved to be used in modeling.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-12

February 2017

taking into account any uncertainties of models (e.g., ½-LFL) and
hazard mitigation measures
11.3.4.4

11.3.5

Description of any mitigation measures to address the impacts that
would exacerbate the initial hazard, including cascading effects
from ingestion into occupied buildings, and intake into fired
equipment, dispersion to confined locations or congested areas.

Vapor Cloud Overpressure Hazards Analysis

PROVIDE a summary of the vapor cloud explosion (VCE) overpressure hazards
that could result from releases or inadequately mitigated cascading events. The summary
should demonstrate compliance with federal regulations 31 and should reference the
complete Hazard Analysis Report(s) in Appendix 13.H, and relevant details in all other
applicable appendices, and should summarize:
11.3.5.1

31

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.5.1.1

Description of model used to analyze hazards and uncertainty
in predictions based on scientific assessment, verification and
validation results

11.3.5.1.2

Description of releases or inadequately mitigated cascading
events used in modeling

11.3.5.1.3

Description of ignition source(s) and strength(s), if applicable
to the model

11.3.5.1.4

Description of fluid

11.3.5.1.5

Description of vapor cloud concentration, homogeneity, size
(e.g., dimensions and flammable mass), and location used in
VCE modeling

11.3.5.1.6

Description of vapor cloud reactivity and laminar flame speed
used in VCE modeling

11.3.5.1.7

Description of confinement from structures, equipment,
piping, and other plant components used in VCE modeling

11.3.5.1.8

Description of congestion from equipment, piping, vegetation,
and other plant components and surrounding features used in
VCE modeling

This may include distinct hazards for DOT’s regulations at 49 CFR Part 193 and/or worst case and alternative
scenarios for EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 68, as applicable.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-13

February 2017

11.3.6

11.3.5.1.9

Description of structures, equipment, piping, and other plant
components used in VCE modeling

11.3.5.1.10

Description of hardened structures, blast walls, and other
hazard mitigation measures used in modeling

11.3.5.2

Drawing(s) with scale depicting hardened structures, blast walls,
and other hazard mitigation measures with blast wall heights,
ratings, and other descriptive information

11.3.5.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting the extent of 1 psi, 3 psi, and 10
psi and projectiles (11 ft-lbf and higher) for overpressure hazards
of vapor cloud explosions, relative to equipment, occupied
buildings, property lines, and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas,
transportation infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and
safety facilities, and military facilities), taking into account any
uncertainties of models and any hazard mitigation measures

11.3.5.4

Description of any mitigation measures to address the impacts that
would exacerbate the initial hazard, including cascading effects
from failure of occupied buildings, more hazardous equipment, and
safety related equipment.

Fire Hazards Analysis

PROVIDE a summary of the fireball, jet fire, and pool fire radiant heat hazards and
impacts from releases or inadequately mitigated cascading events. The summary should
demonstrate compliance with federal regulations 32 and should reference the complete
Hazard Analysis Report(s) in Appendix 13.H, and relevant details in all other applicable
appendices, and should summarize:
11.3.6.1

32

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.6.1.1

Description of model used to analyze hazards and uncertainty
in predictions based on scientific assessment, verification and
validation results

11.3.6.1.2

Description of releases or inadequately mitigated cascading
events used in modeling

This may include exclusion zones and distinct hazards for DOT’s regulations at 49 CFR Part 193, worst-case and
alternative scenarios for EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 68, and/or zones of concern for Coast Guard’s NVIC
01-2011, as applicable.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-14

February 2017

11.3.6.1.3

Description of wind direction, speed, stability, turbulence,
temperature, relative humidity, ambient pressure, and other
weather conditions used in modeling

11.3.6.1.4

Description of terrain and other surrounding features used in
modeling

11.3.6.1.5

Description of structures, equipment, piping, and other plant
components used in modeling

11.3.6.1.6

Description of fire walls, structural fire protection, and other
hazard mitigation measures used in modeling

11.3.6.2

Drawing(s) with scale depicting fire walls, radiant heat shields,
structural fire protection, mounding, and other hazard mitigation
measures with fire wall heights, ratings, and other descriptive
information

11.3.6.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting the extent of equivalent
1,600 British thermal units (Btu)/ft2-hr and 40-second dose for
radiant heat hazards of fireballs, relative to equipment, occupied
buildings, property lines, and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas,
transportation infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and
safety facilities, and military facilities), taking into account any
uncertainties of models and any hazard mitigation measures

11.3.6.4

Drawing(s) with scale depicting the extent of 1,600 Btu/ft2-hr,
3,000 Btu/ft2-hr, and 10,000 Btu/ft2-hr for radiant heat hazards of
jet fires, relative to equipment, occupied buildings, property lines,
and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas, transportation
infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and safety
facilities, and military facilities), taking into account any
uncertainties of models and any hazard mitigation measures

11.3.6.5

Drawing(s) with scale depicting extent of 1,600 Btu/ft2-hr,
3,000 Btu/ft2-hr, and 10,000 Btu/ft2-hr for radiant heat hazards of
pool fires, relative to equipment, occupied buildings, property
lines, and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas, transportation
infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and safety
facilities, and military facilities), taking into account any
uncertainties of models and any hazard mitigation measures

11.3.6.6

Description of any mitigation measures to address the impacts that
would exacerbate the initial hazard, including cascading effects
from failure of occupied buildings, hazardous equipment, and
safety related equipment.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-15

February 2017

11.3.7

Vessel Overpressure Analyses

PROVIDE a summary of the overpressure and projectile hazards from
boiling-liquid expanding-vapor explosions (BLEVEs) and pressure vessel bursts (PVBs).
Evaluate a two hour fire in impoundments, unless an impoundment could not receive that
amount of flammable fluid, and also evaluate any jet fires that could be sustained. Also
consider BLEVEs and PVBs of transportation vessels (e.g., trucks, railcars, etc.) at transfer
stations. If any details about vessel design would not be known until a vendor is selected,
use conservative estimates that cover the full range of potential values. Also, provide
technical justifications for any design measures to mitigate the potential for vessel BLEVE
and PVB events. The summary should reference relevant details in Appendix 13.H and all
other applicable appendices and should summarize:
11.3.7.1

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.7.1.1

Description of model used to analyze BLEVE and PVB
hazards and uncertainty in predictions based on scientific
assessment, verification and validation results

11.3.7.1.2

Description and amount of product in vessels used in BLEVE
and PVB modeling

11.3.7.1.3

Description of structures, equipment, piping, and other plant
components used in BLEVE and PVB modeling

11.3.7.1.4

Description of hardened structures, blast walls, and other
hazard mitigation measures used in BLEVE and PVB
modeling

11.3.7.2

Drawing(s) with scale depicting hardened structures, blast walls,
and other hazard mitigation measures with blast walls’ heights,
ratings, and other descriptive information

11.3.7.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting extent of 1 psi, 3 psi, and 10 psi
and projectiles (11 ft-lbf and higher) for overpressure hazards of
BLEVEs and PVBs, relative to equipment, occupied buildings,
property lines, and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas,
transportation infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and
safety facilities, and military facilities) taking into account any
uncertainties of models and any hazard mitigation measures

11.3.7.4

Drawing(s) with scale depicting the extent of equivalent
1,600 Btu/ft2-hr and 40 second dose for radiant heat hazards of
fireballs, relative to equipment, occupied buildings, property lines,
and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas, transportation
infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and safety

Commission Staff Guidance

11-16

February 2017

facilities, and military facilities), taking into account any
uncertainties of models and any hazard mitigation measures
11.3.7.5

11.3.8

Description of any mitigation measures to address impacts that
would exacerbate the initial hazard, including cascading effects
from failure of occupied buildings, more hazardous equipment, and
safety related equipment.

Fog or Steam Hazard Analyses

PROVIDE a summary of visibility hazards due to water condensation (i.e., fog
generation from ambient vaporizers or other cooling and heating systems or steam
generation). The summary should demonstrate compliance with federal regulations and
should reference the complete Hazard Analysis Report(s) in Appendix 13.H, and relevant
details in all other applicable appendices, and should summarize:
11.3.8.1

33

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.8.1.1

Description of model used to analyze dispersion hazards and
uncertainty in predictions based on scientific assessment,
verification and validation results

11.3.8.1.2

Description of fog and steam generation sources used in
modeling

11.3.8.1.3

Description of wind direction, speed, stability, turbulence,
temperature, relative humidity, ambient pressure, and other
weather conditions used in modeling

11.3.8.1.4

Description of terrain and surface roughness, and other
surrounding features used in modeling

11.3.8.1.5

Description of structures, equipment, piping, and other plant
components used in modeling

11.3.8.1.6

Description of vapor barriers, fans, and other hazard mitigation
measures used in modeling 33

11.3.8.2

Drawing(s) with scale depicting vapor barriers, fans, and other
hazard mitigation measures with vapor barrier heights, fan
capacities, and other descriptive information

11.3.8.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting extent of visibility hazards,
relative to equipment, occupied buildings, property lines, and

Active mitigation used in modeling should be supported with information on reliability of its operation and must
be approved to be used in modeling.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-17

February 2017

offsite areas (e.g., populated areas, transportation infrastructure,
industrial facilities, public health and safety facilities, and military
facilities), taking into account any uncertainties of models and
hazard mitigation measures
11.3.8.4

11.3.9

Description of any mitigation measures to address the impacts,
including loss of visibility due to water condensation and other
impacts that would exacerbate the initial hazard

Other Hazard Analyses

PROVIDE a summary of other hazards that may be unique to the installation and
any related cascading events. The summary should demonstrate compliance with federal
regulations 34 and should reference the complete Hazard Analysis Report(s) in
Appendix 13.H, and relevant details in all other applicable appendices, and should
summarize:
11.3.9.1

11.3.10

Models, assumptions, and uncertainties used to analyze hazards

11.3.9.1.1

Description of model used to analyze hazards and uncertainty
in predictions based on scientific assessment, verification and
validation results

11.3.9.1.2

Description of parameters used in modeling

11.3.9.2

Drawing(s) with scale depicting hazard mitigation measures with
descriptive information

11.3.9.3

Drawing(s) with scale depicting the extent of hazard for reversible,
irreversible, and fatal effects relative to equipment, occupied
buildings, property lines, and offsite areas (e.g., populated areas,
transportation infrastructure, industrial facilities, public health and
safety facilities, and military facilities), taking into account any
uncertainties of models and any hazard mitigation measures

Hazardous Material Disposal

PROVIDE a description of the disposal processes for hazardous materials, as well
as the potential hazardous events that could occur and safeguards taken to prevent them.
Reference all applicable appendices to Resource Report 13.
34

This may include exclusion zones and distinct hazards for DOT’s regulations at 49 CFR Part 193, worst case and
alternative scenarios for EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 68, and/or zones of concern for Coast Guard’s NVIC
01-2011, as applicable.

Commission Staff Guidance

11-18

February 2017

11.4

LAYERS OF PROTECTION 35

11.4.1

Layers of Protection

PROVIDE a summary of the basic design and various layers of protection and
associated codes and standards to mitigate the risk of an incident impacting the safety or
reliability of the plant’s design, construction, operation, maintenance, and management. At
a minimum, the summary should describe:
11.4.1.1

11.4.1.1.1

Summary of basis of design used in structural design, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.1.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in structural design,
with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.1.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in structural
design, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.1.4

Summary of design to withstand structural loads, including
natural hazards, with reference to all applicable Resource
Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.2

35

Structural design of the facilities and components

Mechanical design of the facilities and components

11.4.1.2.1

Summary of basis of design used in mechanical design, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.2.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in mechanical
design, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.2.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in mechanical
design, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.2.4

Summary of provisions for (e.g. spare pump column without
pump, equipment layout space for spare compressor, etc.) and
installations of spare equipment and redundancies, and design
to withstand internal and external pressures, temperatures,

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(1) thru (15).

Commission Staff Guidance

11-19

February 2017

expansion/contraction, corrosion, with reference to all
applicable Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for
additional details
11.4.1.3

Operations and maintenance plans

11.4.1.3.1

Summary of basis of design used in development of operation
and maintenance plans and procedures, with reference to all
applicable Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for
additional details

11.4.1.3.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in development of
operation and maintenance plans and procedures, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.3.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in development
of operation and maintenance plans and procedures, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.3.4

Summary of the development of operation and maintenance
plans and procedures, including standard operation procedures,
startup and shutdown procedures, abnormal operations, safety
procedures, preventive maintenance plans, work order
tracking, training, and management systems, with reference to
all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for
additional details

11.4.1.4

Basic plant control systems (BPCS)

11.4.1.4.1

Summary of basis of design used in control system and
operating modes, with reference to all applicable Resource
Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.4.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in control systems
design, developing operational procedures, and training, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.4.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in control
systems design, developing operational procedures, and
training, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

Commission Staff Guidance

11-20

February 2017

11.4.1.4.4

11.4.1.5

Summary of the development of operating limits for flows,
pressures, temperatures, and alarm management plans, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

Safety instrumented systems (SIS)

11.4.1.5.1

Summary of basis of design used in safety instrumented
systems, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.5.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in safety
instrumented systems design, with reference to all applicable
Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional
details

11.4.1.5.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in safety
instrumented systems design, with reference to all applicable
Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional
details

11.4.1.5.4

Summary of the current development of alarms and shutdowns
(e.g. flows, pressures, temperatures) and plans for further
development, with reference to all applicable Resource Report
13 sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.6

Security systems and plans

11.4.1.6.1

Summary of basis of design used in security systems, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.6.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in security systems
design, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.6.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in security
systems design, with reference to all applicable Resource
Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.6.4

Summary of lighting, fencing, access control, intrusion
monitoring, intrusion detection, and security plans, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

Commission Staff Guidance

11-21

February 2017

11.4.1.7

Physical protection devices

11.4.1.7.1

Summary of basis of design used in relief valve and flare/vent
design, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.7.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in relief valve and
flare/vent design, with reference to all applicable Resource
Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.7.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in relief valve
and flare/vent design, with reference to all applicable Resource
Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.7.4

Summary of relief valve scenarios, set points, and capacities,
with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.8

Ignition controls

11.4.1.8.1

Summary of basis of design used in ignition controls, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.8.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in ignition controls,
with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.8.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in ignition
controls, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.8.4

Summary of electrical area classification, hot work permits,
equipment and building spacing and layouts, smoking
restrictions, and static electricity (e.g., grounding/bonding,
lightning protection) safeguards, with reference to all
applicable Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for
additional details

Commission Staff Guidance

11-22

February 2017

11.4.1.9

Spill containment systems

11.4.1.9.1

Summary of basis of design used in spill containment design,
with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.9.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in spill containment
design, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.9.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in spill
containment design, with reference to all applicable Resource
Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.9.4

Summary of hazardous fluids contained by spill containment;
spill containment dimensions, flow, and volumetric capacities;
and spacing/location of spill containment systems, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.10

Passive protection for cryogenic fluids, overpressures, projectiles,
and fire

11.4.1.10.1

Summary of basis of design used in passive protection, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.10.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in passive
protection, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.10.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in passive
protection, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.10.4

Summary of passive protection philosophy and performance
requirements, with reference to all applicable Resource Report
13 sections and Appendices for additional details

Commission Staff Guidance

11-23

February 2017

11.4.1.11

Hazard detection and notification systems

11.4.1.11.1

Summary of basis of design used in hazard detection, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.11.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in hazard detection,
with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.11.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in hazard
detection, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.11.4

Summary of low temperature detection, flammable gas
detection, fire detection, heat detection, smoke detection,
oxygen deficiency detection, toxic detection, manual
pushbuttons, and audible and/or visual alarms and notification,
with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.12

Hazard control equipment

11.4.1.12.1

Summary of basis of design used in hazard control, with
reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections and
Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.12.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in hazard control,
with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13 sections
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.12.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in hazard
control, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
and Appendices for additional details

11.4.1.12.4

Summary of hand-held fire extinguishers, wheeled fire
extinguishers, fire water systems, and hi-expansion foam
systems, with reference to all applicable Resource Report 13
sections and Appendices for additional details

Commission Staff Guidance

11-24

February 2017

11.4.1.13

Emergency response

11.4.1.13.1

Summary of emergency responders, with reference to all
applicable Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for
additional details

11.4.1.13.2

Summary of regulatory requirements used in development of
emergency response plans, with reference to all applicable
Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional
details

11.4.1.13.3

Summary of primary codes and standards used in development
of emergency response plans, with reference to all applicable
Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional
details

11.4.1.13.4

Summarize and outline the development of onsite and offsite
emergency response team/capabilities and procedures, cost
sharing plans, and training, with reference to all applicable
Resource Report 13 sections and Appendices for additional
details

Commission Staff Guidance

11-25

February 2017

11.5

RELIABILITY 36

11.5.1

Description of Reliability

PROVIDE a description of the reliability of the proposed project facilities and
equipment to minimize downtime and interruption of service, including a discussion of the
following:
11.5.1.1

Equipment redundancies

11.5.1.2

Sparing philosophy

11.5.1.3

Warehouse philosophy

11.5.1.4

Anticipated plant reliability and availability

11.5.1.4.1

36

Plant reliability, availability, and maintainability (RAM)
analyses with a reference to Appendix 13.E.6*

11.5.1.5

Contingency plans for failure of or impacts to major plant assets or
operations due to accidental or natural disasters (e.g., cracked LNG
storage tank, trucking incidents, etc.)

11.5.1.6

Design life of the facilities (e.g., 50 years) for purposes of
determining time-dependent design conditions, such as fatigue
cycling, corrosion allowances, sea-level rise, regional
subsidence/gradual tectonic uplift or permafrost depths

18 CFR §380.12(m)(2) thru (5).

Commission Staff Guidance

11-26

February 2017

13

RESOURCE REPORT 13 – ENGINEERING AND
DESIGN MATERIAL

13.1

GENERAL BACKGROUND AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT 37

13.1.1

Project Facilities

PROVIDE a description summarizing the proposed facilities. At a minimum, the
description should include the following:

37
38

13.1.1.1

Number of marine docks, and with both rated and maximum export
and import rates, million standard cubic feet per day (MMscfd) and
million tons per annum (MTPA) 38

13.1.1.2

Number of LNG storage tanks, and with both net and gross storage
capacity per tank, gal and cubic meter (m3) and equivalent billion
standard cubic feet (Bscf) of natural gas

13.1.1.3

Number of liquefaction trains, and with both rated and anticipated
maximum liquefaction capacity per train, MMscfd and MTPA

13.1.1.4

Number of LNG vaporizers, and with both sustained and
anticipated maximum vaporization capacities, MMscfd

13.1.1.5

Number of feed gas pipelines and interconnects, and with both
rated and anticipated maximum capacities, MMscfd, and pressures,
psig

13.1.1.6

Number of sendout pipelines and interconnects, and with both rated
and anticipated maximum sendout rates, MMscfd

13.1.1.7

Fractionation products, and with both rated and anticipated
maximum capacity rates, gpm and MMscfd

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8).
Assumptions and supporting calculations used to determine export and import rates, including liquefaction rates,
RAM studies, docking studies, and number of days assumed to be operational in a year, should be described,
referenced, and included.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-1

February 2017

13.1.2

Location

PROVIDE a description of the site location of the facilities. At a minimum, the
description should include:
13.1.2.1

13.1.3

Owned and leased property boundaries, options, easements, and
rights of way with reference to Site Location Maps and Drawings
in Appendix 13.A.1

Owner, Principal Contractors, and Operator

PROVIDE a description of the owner, principal contractors, and operator of the
facility. At a minimum, the description should discuss:

13.1.4

13.1.3.1

Owner of the facilities with reference to the Organizational
Structure in Appendix 13.A.2

13.1.3.2

Principal Contractors identified for design, engineering,
procurement, and construction of the facilities with reference to any
preliminary Construction Workforce Organizational Chart or Work
Breakdown Structure (if available) in Appendix 13.A.3*

13.1.3.3

Operating Company of the facilities with reference to a preliminary
Operating Workforce Organizational Chart in Appendix 13.A.4*

Feed and Sendout Product(s)

PROVIDE a description summarizing the market for all products imported,
exported, and sent out by the project. At a minimum, the description should include:

13.1.5

13.1.4.1

Natural gas pipeline(s) sending out to

13.1.4.2

Natural gas pipelines feeding from

13.1.4.3

Fractionation product pipelines sending out to

Project Schedule

PROVIDE a description of the project schedule, detailing project design,
construction, commissioning, and in-service schedule with milestones. At a minimum, the
project schedule description should reference the Gantt Chart in Appendix 13.A.5 and
should provide sufficient detail to show the feasibility of the engineering, procurement,
construction, commissioning, and startup of the facilities. Phased construction and
operation, tie-ins, and future plans should also be summarized and included in the project
schedule.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-2

February 2017

13.2

SITE INFORMATION 39

13.2.1

Site Conditions

PROVIDE a description of the site elevations. At a minimum, the description
should reference the Topographic Map in Appendix 13.J.1 and should describe:

13.2.2

13.2.1.1

Elevation reference, North American Vertical Datum of 1988
(NAVD88) or National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929
(NGVD29)

13.2.1.2

Marine platform elevation, ft

13.2.1.3

LNG storage tank inner tank bottom elevation, ft

13.2.1.4

Process areas foundation elevation, ft

13.2.1.5

Impoundment floor elevation, ft

13.2.1.6

Utilities foundation elevation, ft

13.2.1.7

Buildings foundation elevation, ft

13.2.1.8

Roads elevation, ft

Shipping Channel

PROVIDE a description of the shipping channel. At a minimum, the description
should reference the Bathymetric Chart in Appendix 13.J.2 and should describe:

39

13.2.2.1

Channel width, ft

13.2.2.2

Channel depth, ft

13.2.2.3

Berth depth, ft

13.2.2.4

Tidal range elevations, ft

13.2.2.5

Channel current (normal, maximum), knots

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(15).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-3

February 2017

13.2.3

Climatic Conditions

PROVIDE a description of the climatic design conditions at the site and along the
shipping channel. The description should reference the Climatic Data in Appendix 13.J.3,
and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

13.2.4

13.2.3.1

Temperature design basis (minimum, average, maximum), °F

13.2.3.2

Barometric pressure design basis (minimum, average, maximum),
inches mercury (Hg)

13.2.3.3

Barometric pressure rate of increase design basis (minimum,
average, maximum), inHg/h

13.2.3.4

Barometric pressure rate of decrease design basis (minimum,
average, maximum), inHg/hr

13.2.3.5

Prevailing wind with seasonal wind rose or charts with 16 radial
directions and wind speeds, mph

13.2.3.6

Rain fall rates design basis (100-year return period, 50-year return
period, 10-year return period), inches per hour

13.2.3.7

Snow fall rates design basis (100-year return period, 50-year return
period, 10-year period), inches per hour

13.2.3.8

Frost line depth, ft

13.2.3.9

Visibility frequency and distances, No. fog alerts per year, visibility
ft

13.2.3.10

Lightning strike frequency, No. per year

Geotechnical Conditions

PROVIDE a description of the geotechnical conditions at the onshore and offshore
permanently affixed facilities and structures as described below. The expected geotechnical
testing is provided in the Appendix 13.J.4 guidance.
13.2.4.1

Groundwater conditions

13.2.4.2

Soil/rock layer description

13.2.4.3

Geotechnical cross-sections

13.2.4.4

Soil and rock parameters

Commission Staff Guidance

13-4

February 2017

13.3

NATURAL HAZARD DESIGN CONDITIONS 40

13.3.1

Earthquakes

PROVIDE a description of the design against earthquakes. The description should
reference the Natural Hazard Design Investigations and Design Forces in Appendix 13.I.1,
and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

40

13.3.1.1

Seismic design basis and criteria for Seismic Category I, II, and III
structures, systems and component

13.3.1.2

Identification of structures, systems and components classified as
Seismic Category I, II, and III

13.3.1.3

Maximum considered earthquake (MCE) site-specific ground
motion spectral values for 5% damping

13.3.1.4

Design earthquake (DE) site-specific ground motion spectral
values for 5% damping and ground motion parameters, SDS, SD1,
SMS, SM1, TL

13.3.1.5

Safety shutdown earthquake (SSE) site-specific ground motion
spectral values for 5% damping

13.3.1.6

Operating basis earthquake (OBE) site-specific ground motion
spectral values for 5% damping

13.3.1.7

Aftershock level earthquake (ALE) site-specific ground motion
spectral values for 5% damping

13.3.1.8

At locations crossing active faults, design surface fault offsets
(horizontal and vertical) and fault orientations

13.3.1.9

At locations where crossing growth faults, design offsets for
growth faults: Provide design fault offsets for growth faults
(horizontal and vertical) for the facility design life and fault
orientations

13.3.1.10

Ground motions and frequencies of earthquakes at site location

13.3.1.11

Sloshing freeboard

13.3.1.12

Ground motion detection systems that alarm and shutdown

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14), 18 CFR §380.12(15).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-5

February 2017

13.3.2

Tsunamis and Seiche

PROVIDE a description of the design against tsunamis and seiche. The description
should reference the Natural Hazard Design Investigations and Design Forces in Appendix
13.I.2, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

13.3.3

13.3.2.1

Tsunami and seiche design basis and criteria

13.3.2.2

Tsunami and seiche design inundation and run-up elevations and
corresponding return periods for all structures, systems, and
components

13.3.2.3

Maximum considered tsunami (MCT), MCT inundation and runup elevations for project site, including the MCE level ground
motions at the site if the MCE is the triggering source of the MCT

13.3.2.4

Discussion of inundation and run up elevations and frequencies of
tsunamis and other natural hazards at site location

13.3.2.5

Design sea level rise: elevation change to be used in design to
account for sea level rise at project site for the facility design life

13.3.2.6

Design regional subsidence: elevation change to be used in design
to account for regional subsidence at facility site for the facility
design life

13.3.2.7

Discussion of co-seismic subsidence/uplift

13.3.2.8

Discussion of expected settlement over the design life of the
facilities

Hurricanes and Other Meteorological Events

PROVIDE a description of the design against hurricanes and other meteorological
events. The description should reference the Natural Hazard Design Investigations and
Design Forces in Appendix 13.I.3, and all other applicable appendices, and should
describe:
13.3.3.1

Wind and storm surge design basis and criteria

13.3.3.2

Identification of design wind speeds (sustained and 3-second gusts)
and corresponding return periods, wind importance factors, and
storm surge design elevations for all structures, systems, and
components

13.3.3.3

Sea level rise: elevation change to be used to account for sea level
rise at the site for the design life

Commission Staff Guidance

13-6

February 2017

13.3.3.4
13.3.4

Regional subsidence: elevation change to be used to account for
regional subsidence at the site for the design life

Tornados

PROVIDE a description of the design against tornados. The description should
reference the Natural Hazard Design Investigation and Design Forces in Appendix 13.I.4,
and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

13.3.5

13.3.4.1

Wind speed design basis and criteria

13.3.4.2

Identification of design wind speeds (sustained and 3-second gusts)
and corresponding return periods, and wind importance factors for
all structures, systems, and components

Floods

PROVIDE a description of the design against floods. The description should
reference the Natural Hazard Design Investigations and Design Forces in Appendix 13.I.5,
and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

13.3.6

13.3.5.1

Flood design basis and criteria

13.3.5.2

Identification of stream flows and flood design elevations and
corresponding return periods for all structures, systems, and
components

13.3.5.3

Discussion of streamflows, flood elevations, and frequencies of
floods and other natural hazards at site location

Rain, Ice, Snow, and Related Events

PROVIDE a description of the design against blizzards. The description should
reference the Natural Hazard Design Investigations and Design Forces in Appendix 13.I.6,
and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.3.6.1

Rainfall design basis and criteria

13.3.6.2

Ice load design basis and criteria

13.3.6.3

Snow load design basis and criteria

13.3.6.4

Identification of snow and ice loads and corresponding return
periods for all structures, systems, and components, including snow
removal for spill containment systems

Commission Staff Guidance

13-7

February 2017

13.3.7

13.3.6.5

Identification of stormwater flows, outfalls, and stormwater
management systems for all surfaces, including spill containment
system sump pumps

13.3.6.6

Discussion of snow and ice formation and frequencies of blizzards
and other snow and ice events at site location

Other Natural Hazards

PROVIDE a description of the design against landslides, wildfires, volcanic
activity, geomagnetism, and other natural hazards. The description should reference the
Natural Hazard Design Investigations and Design Forces in Appendix 13.I.7, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.3.7.1

Design basis and criteria

13.3.7.2

Identification of loads and corresponding return periods for all
structures, systems, and components

13.3.7.3

Discussion of natural hazards and frequencies of natural hazards at
site location

Commission Staff Guidance

13-8

February 2017

13.4

MARINE FACILITIES 41

13.4.1

LNG Vessels

PROVIDE a description of the LNG vessels (i.e., LNG carriers, LNG barges) that
the facilities would be designed to accommodate. The description should reference the
Waterway Safety and Reliability Impact Studies in Appendix 13.G.3 42, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.4.1.1

Shipping route within U.S. waters

13.4.1.2

Ship traffic

13.4.1.3

Ship simulations

13.4.1.4

Tug services, owned/leased

13.4.1.5

Tug services, full time/as required

13.4.1.6

Aids to navigation

13.4.1.7

LNG vessel size

13.4.1.8

LNG vessel draft

13.4.1.9

LNG vessel cargoes design and operating conditions and
specifications for unloading and vapor recovery:

13.4.1.9.1

13.4.1.10

LNG vessel cargoes design and operating conditions and
specifications for loading and vapor recovery:

13.4.1.10.1

41

42

Molecular weight, higher heating value (HHV), lower heating
value (LHV), Wobbe, specific gravity, equilibrium
temperature (°F) and cargo pressure (psig), composition

Cargoes’ molecular weight, HHV, LHV, Wobbe, specific
gravity, equilibrium temperature (°F) and cargo pressure
(psig), composition

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Waterway Suitability Assessments submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with 18 CFR §157.21(a)(1),
18 CFR §157.21(f)(13), 33 CFR §127.007, and Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular (NVIC) 01-2011,
Guidance Related to Waterfront Liquefied Natural Gas Facilities may satisfy Waterway Safety and Reliability
Impact Studies in Appendix 13.G.3. This material may include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information (CEII),
Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or Chemical-Terrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and must comply
with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-9

February 2017

13.4.2

13.4.1.10.2

LNG vessel pump design pressure range, psig

13.4.1.10.3

LNG vessel pump design rates, gpm

Marine Platform Design

PROVIDE a description of the marine platform design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, Marine Facility Drawings in Appendix 13.K, and all other applicable
appendices, and should describe:
13.4.2.1

Wave crests and periods, ft

13.4.2.2

Prevailing currents (normal, maximum), knots

13.4.2.3

Tidal range elevations, ft

13.4.2.4

Water depth at berth and in approach channel, ft

13.4.2.5

LNG carrier capacity range, m3

13.4.2.6

LNG carrier approach velocity, knots

13.4.2.7

LNG carrier approach angle, degrees

13.4.2.8

LNG carrier unloading frequency, per year

13.4.2.9

LNG carrier unloading duration, hours

13.4.2.10

LNG carrier loading frequency, per year

13.4.2.11

LNG carrier loading duration, hours

13.4.2.12

LNG carrier port time, pilot on to pilot off, hours

13.4.2.13

Barge capacity range, m3

13.4.2.14

Barge approach velocity, knots

13.4.2.15

Barge approach angle, degrees

13.4.2.16

Barge unloading frequency, per year

13.4.2.17

Barge unloading duration, hours

13.4.2.18

Barge loading frequency, per year

Commission Staff Guidance

13-10

February 2017

13.4.3

13.4.2.19

Barge loading duration, hours

13.4.2.20

Turning basin depth and radius, ft

13.4.2.21

Marine platform location/spacing

13.4.2.22

Jetty/trestle configuration

13.4.2.23

Number and design* of berths

13.4.2.24

Number and design* of hooks, quick release hooks

13.4.2.25

Number and design* of capstans

13.4.2.26

Number and design* of fenders

13.4.2.27

Number, arrangement, and design* of breasting dolphins

13.4.2.28

Number, arrangement, and design* of mooring dolphins

13.4.2.29

Current monitors

13.4.2.30

Vessel approach velocity monitors

13.4.2.31

Tension monitors

13.4.2.32

Marine platform other safety features

Marine Transfer Design

PROVIDE a description of the marine transfer design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.4.3.1

LNG arms or hoses and size per dock, No., in

13.4.3.2

Vapor arms or hoses and size per dock, No., in

13.4.3.3

Hybrid arms or hoses and size per dock, No., in

13.4.3.4

LNG arms or hoses operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.4.3.5

LNG arms or hoses operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

Commission Staff Guidance

13-11

and

design

pressures

February 2017

13.4.3.6

LNG arms or hoses operating and design temperatures at ship
manifold (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.4.3.7

Vapor arms or hoses operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), lb/hr

13.4.3.8

Vapor arms or hoses operating and design pressures at ship
manifold (minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.4.3.9

Vapor arms or hoses operating and design temperatures at ship
manifold (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.4.3.10

Marine transfer startup and operation

13.4.3.10.1

Marine transfer custody transfer

13.4.3.10.2

Marine transfer measurement and analysis

13.4.3.10.3

Unloading and/or loading

13.4.3.10.4

Recirculating system

13.4.3.10.5

Vapor return handling

13.4.3.10.6

Vapor return desuperheating

13.4.3.11

Marine transfer shutdown

13.4.3.12

Marine transfer piping, vessel, and equipment design and
specifications

13.4.3.13

Marine transfer isolation valves, vents, and drains

13.4.3.14

Marine transfer basic process control systems

13.4.3.15

Marine transfer safety instrumented systems

13.4.3.16

Marine transfer relief valves and discharge

13.4.3.17

Marine transfer other safety features

13.4.3.17.1

Safe working envelope of transfer arms

13.4.3.17.2

Powered Emergency Release Coupling valves

13.4.3.17.3

Ship/shore communication and shutdown capability

Commission Staff Guidance

13-12

February 2017

13.5

FEED GAS 43

13.5.1

Feed Gas Design

PROVIDE a description of the feed gas design. The description should reference
the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in
Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information
in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other applicable
appendices, and should describe:

43

44

13.5.1.1

Feed gas battery limit operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.5.1.2

Feed gas battery limit operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.5.1.3

Feed gas battery limit operating and design temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.5.1.4

Feed gas operating and design inlet gas compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), %-vol and/or parts per million (ppm)

13.5.1.5

Feed gas filters

13.5.1.6

Feed gas booster compressor(s) type 44

13.5.1.7

Feed gas booster compressor(s), operating and spare

13.5.1.8

Feed gas booster compressor(s) flow
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.5.1.9

Feed gas booster compressor(s) operating and design suction
pressures (minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.5.1.10

Feed gas booster compressor(s) operating and design suction
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.5.1.11

Feed gas booster compressor(s) operating and design discharge
pressures (minimum, normal, maximum), psig

and

design

pressures

capacities

each

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.5.1.6 to 13.5.1.12 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-13

February 2017

13.5.1.12

Feed gas booster compressor(s) operating and design discharge
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.5.1.13

Feed gas startup and operation

13.5.1.13.1

Feed gas metering

13.5.1.13.2

Feed gas analysis and measurement

13.5.1.14

Feed gas shutdown

13.5.1.15

Feed gas piping, vessel, and equipment design and specifications

13.5.1.16

Feed gas isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.5.1.17

Feed gas basic process control systems

13.5.1.18

Feed gas high integrity pressure protection systems

13.5.1.19

Feed gas relief valves and discharge

13.5.1.20

Feed gas other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-14

February 2017

13.6

FEED GAS PRETREATMENT 45

13.6.1

Acid Gas Removal Design

PROVIDE a description of the acid gas removal design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in
Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in
Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

45

46

13.6.1.1

Acid gas removal system type 46

13.6.1.2

Acid gas removal operating and design inlet flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.6.1.3

Acid gas removal operating and design inlet gas compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), parts per million (ppm)

13.6.1.4

Acid gas removal operating and design inlet pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.1.5

Acid gas removal operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.1.6

Acid gas removal operating and design outlet flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.6.1.7

Acid gas removal operating and design outlet gas compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), ppm

13.6.1.8

Acid gas removal operating and design outlet pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.1.9

Acid gas removal operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.1.10

Acid gas disposal operating and design compositions, ppm

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR 380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.6.1.1 to 13.6.1.9 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-15

February 2017

13.6.1.11

Acid gas disposal operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.1.12

Acid gas disposal operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.1.13

Acid gas removal startup and operation

13.6.1.13.1

Normal startup and operation

13.6.1.13.2

Regeneration startup and operation

and

design

pressures

13.6.1.14

Acid gas removal shutdown

13.6.1.15

Acid gas removal piping, vessel, and equipment design and
specifications

13.6.1.16

Acid gas removal isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.6.1.16.1

Hydrogen sulfide removal/disposal

13.6.1.16.2

Carbon dioxide removal/disposal

13.6.1.17

Acid gas removal safety instrumented systems

13.6.1.18

Acid gas removal relief valves and discharge

13.6.1.19

Acid gas removal other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-16

February 2017

13.6.2

Mercury Removal Design

PROVIDE a description of the mercury removal design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.6.2.1

Mercury specifications, ppm

13.6.2.2

Mercury removal type 47

13.6.2.3

Mercury removal operating and design inlet flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), lb/hr

13.6.2.4

Mercury removal operating and design inlet gas compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), ppm

13.6.2.5

Mercury removal operating and
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.2.6

Mercury removal operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.2.7

Mercury removal operating and design outlet flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), lb/hr

13.6.2.8

Mercury removal operating and design outlet gas compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), ppm

13.6.2.9

Mercury removal operating and
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.2.10

Mercury removal operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.2.11

Mercury removal startup and operation

13.6.2.12

Mercury removal isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.6.2.12.1

47

design

design

inlet

outlet

pressures

pressures

Mercury removal disposal

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.6.2.2 to 13.6.2.10 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-17

February 2017

13.6.3

13.6.2.13

Mercury removal shutdown

13.6.2.14

Mercury removal piping, vessel, and equipment design and
specifications

13.6.2.15

Mercury removal basic process control systems

13.6.2.16

Mercury removal safety instrumented systems

13.6.2.17

Mercury removal relief valves and discharge

13.6.2.18

Mercury removal other safety features

Water Removal Design

PROVIDE a description of the water removal design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

48

13.6.3.1

Water specifications, ppm

13.6.3.2

Dehydration system type 48

13.6.3.3

Dehydration operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), lb/hr

13.6.3.4

Dehydration operating and design inlet compositions capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), ppm

13.6.3.5

Dehydration
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.3.6

Dehydration operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.3.7

Dehydration operating and design outlet flow rates (minimum,
normal, maximum), lb/hr

13.6.3.8

Dehydration operating and design outlet gas compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), ppm

inlet

flow

inlet
inlet

rates

pressures
temperatures

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.6.3.2 to 13.6.3.10 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-18

February 2017

49

13.6.3.9

Dehydration
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.3.10

Dehydration operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.3.11

Regeneration gas operating
(minimum/lean/light,
maximum/rich/heavy), lb/hr 49

13.6.3.12

Regeneration gas operating and design temperatures to/from
adsorber (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.6.3.13

Regeneration gas operating and design pressures to/from adsorber
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.6.3.14

Dehydration and regeneration startup and operation

13.6.3.15

Dehydration and regeneration isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.6.3.16

Dehydration and regeneration basic process control systems

13.6.3.17

Dehydration and regeneration safety instrumented systems

13.6.3.18

Dehydration and regeneration relief valves and discharge

13.6.3.19

Dehydration and regeneration other safety features

and

outlet
outlet

pressures
temperatures

design flow rates
normal/design/average,

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.6.3.11 to 13.6.3.13 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-19

February 2017

13.7

NATURAL GAS LIQUIDS (NGL) REMOVAL, STORAGE, AND
DISPOSITION 50

13.7.1

NGL Removal Design

PROVIDE a description of the NGL removal design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

50

51

13.7.1.1

NGL removal type (Demethanizer, Deethanizer, Depropanizer,
Debutanizer) 51

13.7.1.2

Number of NGL removal columns

13.7.1.3

NGL removal columns operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.7.1.4

NGL removal column operating and design inlet compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), %-vol

13.7.1.5

NGL removal columns operating and design pressures (minimum,
normal, maximum), psig

13.7.1.6

NGL removal columns operating and design temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.7.1.7

NGL removal column operating and design products flow rates
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.7.1.8

NGL removal column operating and design products compositions
(minimum/lean/light,
normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), %-vol

13.7.1.9

NGL removal column operating and design products pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.7.1.10

NGL removal column operating and design products temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.7.1.1 to 13.7.1.10 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-20

February 2017

52

13.7.1.11

NGL removal reboilers operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.7.1.12

NGL removal reboilers operating and design duties (minimum,
normal, maximum), MMBtu/hr

13.7.1.13

NGL removal reboilers operating and design pressures (minimum,
normal, maximum), psig

13.7.1.14

NGL removal reboilers operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.7.1.15

NGL removal reboilers operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.7.1.16

NGL removal reflux pumps operating and design flow rate
capacities (minimum, normal, maximum), gpm 52

13.7.1.17

NGL removal reflux pumps operating and design duties (minimum,
normal, maximum), MMBtu/hr

13.7.1.18

NGL removal reflux pumps operating and design suction pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.7.1.19

NGL removal reflux pumps operating and design inlet
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.7.1.20

NGL removal reflux pumps operating and design discharge
pressures (minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.7.1.21

NGL removal reflux pumps operating and design outlet
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.7.1.22

NGL removal columns startup and operation

13.7.1.23

NGL removal columns piping, vessel, and equipment design and
specifications

13.7.1.24

NGL removal columns isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.7.1.25

NGL removal column basic process control systems

13.7.1.26

NGL removal columns safety instrumented systems

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.7.1.16 to 13.7.1.21 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-21

February 2017

13.7.2

13.7.1.27

NGL removal columns relief valves and discharge

13.7.1.28

NGL columns other safety features

NGL Storage Design

PROVIDE a description of the NGL storage design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.7.2.1

NGL storage tank type

13.7.2.2

Number of NGL storage tanks

13.7.2.3

NGL storage tank foundation type

13.7.2.4

NGL storage tank operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), gal

13.7.2.5

NGL storage tank operating and design levels (minimum, normal,
maximum), ft

13.7.2.6

NGL storage tank operating and design vacuums and pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), inH2O (vacuum) and psig

13.7.2.7

NGL storage tank operating and design temperatures (minimum,
normal, maximum), °F

13.7.2.8

NGL storage tank operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.7.2.9

NGL storage startup and operation

13.7.2.10

NGL storage fill shutdown

13.7.2.11

NGL storage piping, vessel, and equipment design and
specifications

13.7.2.12

NGL storage isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.7.2.13

NGL storage basic process control systems

13.7.2.14

NGL storage safety instrumented systems

Commission Staff Guidance

13-22

and

design

capacities

densities

February 2017

13.7.3

13.7.2.15

NGL storage relief valves, discharge, and redundancy

13.7.2.16

NGL storage tank impoundment

13.7.2.17

NGL storage other safety features

NGL Disposition Design

PROVIDE a description of the NGL disposition design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

53

13.7.3.1

NGL final disposition (truck stations, sendout pipelines,
reinjection, fuel gas, etc.)

13.7.3.2

Number of NGL truck stations or sendout pipelines

13.7.3.3

NGL truck scales or sendout metering

13.7.3.4

Number of NGL trucks, No. per year, truck capacity, gal

13.7.3.5

NGL pumps type 53

13.7.3.6

Number of NGL pumps, operating and spare

13.7.3.7

NGL truck fill/sendout/fuel gas operating and design flow rate
capacities (minimum, normal, maximum), gpm or standard cubic
feet per minute (scfm)

13.7.3.8

NGL trucking/sendout/fuel gas pumps operating and design suction
pressures
(minimum/net
positive
suction
head
[NPSH], normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.7.3.9

NGL pumps operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.7.3.10

NGL pumps operating and design discharge
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.7.3.11

NGL pumps operating and design discharge temperatures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), °F

suction

temperatures
pressures

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.7.3.5 to 13.7.3.12 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-23

February 2017

13.7.3.12

NGL
pumps
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.7.3.13

NGL truck/sendout startup and operation

13.7.3.14

NGL truck/sendout isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.7.3.15

NGL truck/sendout basic process control systems

13.7.3.16

NGL truck/sendout safety instrumented systems

13.7.3.17

NGL truck/sendout relief valves and discharge

13.7.3.18

NGL truck/sendout other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-24

densities

February 2017

13.8

HEAVIES/CONDENSATES
DISPOSITION 54

REMOVAL,

13.8.1

Heavies/Condensates Removal Design

STORAGE,

AND

PROVIDE a description of the heavies/condensates removal design. The
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in
Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in
Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

54

55

13.8.1.1

Heavies/condensates removal type 55

13.8.1.2

Heavies/condensates removal operating and design inlet flow rate
capacities (minimum, normal, maximum), lb/hr

13.8.1.3

Heavies/condensates removal operating
compositions (lean, normal, rich), %-vol

13.8.1.4

Heavies/condensates removal operating and design inlet pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.8.1.5

Heavies/condensates removal operating and
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.8.1.6

Heavies/condensates removal operating and design outlet product
flow rates (minimum, normal, maximum), lb/hr

13.8.1.7

Heavies/condensates removal operating and design outlet product
compositions (lean, normal, rich), %-vol

13.8.1.8

Heavies/condensates removal outlet operating and design outlet
pressures (minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.8.1.9

Heavies/condensates removal outlet operating and design column
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.8.1.10

Heavies/condensates removal startup and operation

13.8.1.11

Heavies/condensates removal isolation valves, drains, and vents

and

design

design

inlet

inlet

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.8.1.1 to 13.8.1.9 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-25

February 2017

13.8.2

13.8.1.12

Heavies/condensates removal basic process control systems

13.8.1.13

Heavies/condensates removal safety instrumented systems

13.8.1.14

Heavies/condensates removal relief valves and discharge

13.8.1.15

Heavies/condensates removal other safety features

Heavies/Condensates Storage Design

PROVIDE a description of the heavies/condensates storage design. The description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in
Appendix 13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.8.2.1

Heavies/condensates storage tanks type

13.8.2.2

Number of heavies/condensates storage tanks

13.8.2.3

Heavies/condensates storage tanks foundation type

13.8.2.4

Heavies/condensates storage operating and design capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gal

13.8.2.5

Heavies/condensates Storage operating and design liquid levels
(minimum, normal, maximum), ft

13.8.2.6

Heavies/Condensates storage operating and design vacuums and
pressures (minimum, normal, maximum), inH2O (vacuum) and
psig

13.8.2.7

Heavies/condensates storage operating and design temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.8.2.8

Heavies/condensates storage operating and design densities
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.8.2.9

Heavies/condensates storage startup and operation

13.8.2.10

Heavies/condensates storage isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.8.2.11

Heavies/condensates storage basic process control systems

13.8.2.12

Heavies/condensates storage safety instrumented systems

Commission Staff Guidance

13-26

February 2017

13.8.3

13.8.2.13

Heavies/condensates
redundancy

storage

relief

valves,

discharge,

13.8.2.14

Heavies/condensates storage impoundment

13.8.2.15

Heavies/condensates storage other safety features

and

Heavies/Condensates Disposition Design

PROVIDE a description of the heavies/condensate disposition design. The
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in
Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in
Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

56

13.8.3.1

Heavies/condensates final disposition (truck stations, sendout
pipelines, reinjection, fuel gas, etc.)

13.8.3.2

Number of heavies/condensates truck stations or sendout pipelines

13.8.3.3

Heavies/condensates truck scales or sendout metering

13.8.3.4

Number of heavies/condensates
truck capacity, gal

13.8.3.5

Heavies/condensates pumps type 56

13.8.3.6

Number of heavies/condensates pumps, operating and spare

13.8.3.7

Heavies/condensates
truck fill/sendout/re-injection/fuel
gas
operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum, normal,
maximum), gpm

13.8.3.8

Heavies/condensates trucking/sendout/fuel gas pumps operating
and
design
suction
pressures
(minimum/
NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.8.3.9

Heavies/condensates pumps operating and design suction
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.8.3.10

Heavies/condensates pumps operating and design discharge
pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

trucks,

No.

per

year,

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.8.3.5 to 13.8.3.12 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-27

February 2017

13.8.3.11

Heavies/condensates pumps operating and design discharge
temperatures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), °F

13.8.3.12

Heavies/condensates pumps operating and design densities
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.8.3.13

Heavies/condensates truck/sendout startup and operation

13.8.3.14

Heavies/condensates truck/sendout isolation valves, drains, and
vents

13.8.3.15

Heavies/condensates truck/sendout basic process control systems

13.8.3.16

Heavies/condensates truck/sendout safety instrumented systems

13.8.3.17

Heavies/condensates truck/sendout relief valves and discharge

13.8.3.18

Heavies/condensates truck/sendout other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-28

February 2017

13.9

LIQUEFACTION SYSTEM 57

13.9.1

Refrigerant Trucking/Production Design

PROVIDE a description of the refrigerant trucking/production design. The
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in
Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in
Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

57

13.9.1.1

Source

13.9.1.2

Number of refrigerant trucks during startup, truck capacity, gal

13.9.1.3

Number of refrigerant trucks, No. per year, truck capacity, gal

13.9.1.4

Refrigerant trucking/production operating and design compositions
(minimum, normal, maximum), %-vol

13.9.1.5

Refrigerant trucking/production operating and design flow rate
capacities (minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.9.1.6

Refrigerant trucking/production pumps operating and design
suction pressures (minimum/NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.9.1.7

Refrigerant trucking/production pumps operating and design
suction temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.1.8

Refrigerant trucking/production pumps operating and design
discharge pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff),
psig

13.9.1.9

Refrigerant trucking/production pumps operating and design
discharge
temperatures
(minimum,
normal/rated,
maximum/shutoff), °F

13.9.1.10

Refrigerant trucking/production pumps operating and design
densities (minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.9.1.11

Number of refrigerant truck stations

13.9.1.12

Refrigerant truck scales

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-29

February 2017

13.9.1.13

13.9.2

Refrigerant trucking/production startup and operation

13.9.1.13.1

Truck unloading system

13.9.1.13.2

Refrigerant pretreatment system

13.9.1.13.3

Vapor handling

13.9.1.13.4

Pumps

13.9.1.13.5

Refrigerant transfer/makeup system

13.9.1.14

Refrigerant trucking/production isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.9.1.15

Refrigerant trucking/production basic process control systems

13.9.1.16

Refrigerant trucking/production safety instrumented systems

13.9.1.17

Refrigerant trucking/production relief valves and discharge

13.9.1.18

Refrigerant trucking/production other safety features

Refrigerant Storage Design

PROVIDE a description of the refrigerant storage design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.9.2.1

Refrigerant storage tank type

13.9.2.2

Number of refrigerant storage tanks, operating and spare

13.9.2.3

Refrigerant storage tanks foundations type

13.9.2.4

Refrigerant storage
operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), gal

13.9.2.5

Refrigerant storage operating and design levels (minimum, normal,
maximum), ft

13.9.2.6

Refrigerant storage operating and design pressures/vacuums
(minimum, normal, maximum), inH2O (vacuum) and psig

13.9.2.7

Refrigerant storage operating and design temperatures (minimum,
normal, maximum), °F

Commission Staff Guidance

13-30

and

design

capacities

February 2017

13.9.3

13.9.2.8

Refrigerant
storage
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

densities

13.9.2.9

Refrigerant storage startup and operation

13.9.2.10

Refrigerant storage isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.9.2.11

Refrigerant storage basic process control systems

13.9.2.12

Refrigerant storage safety instrumented systems

13.9.2.13

Refrigerant storage relief valves, discharge, and redundancy

13.9.2.14

Refrigerant storage tanks impoundment

13.9.2.15

Refrigerant storage other safety features

Refrigerant Charge/Loading Pumps Design

PROVIDE a description of the refrigerant charge/loading pump design. The
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in
Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in
Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

58

13.9.3.1

Refrigerant pumps type 58

13.9.3.2

Number of refrigerant pumps, operating and spare

13.9.3.3

Refrigerant pumps operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), gpm

13.9.3.4

Refrigerant pumps operating and design suction pressures
(minimum/NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.9.3.5

Refrigerant pumps operating and design suction temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.3.6

Refrigerant pumps operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.9.3.7

Refrigerant pumps operating and design discharge temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.9.3.1 to 13.9.3.8 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-31

February 2017

13.9.4

13.9.3.8

Refrigerant
pumps
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.9.3.9

Refrigerant pumps startup and operation

13.9.3.10

Refrigerant pumps isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.9.3.11

Refrigerant pumps basic process control systems

13.9.3.12

Refrigerant pumps safety instrumented systems

13.9.3.13

Refrigerant pumps relief valves and discharge

13.9.3.14

Refrigerant pumps other safety features

densities

Liquefaction Design

PROVIDE a description of the liquefaction design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.9.4.1

Feed gas precooling system

13.9.4.2

Number of liquefaction trains

13.9.4.3

Liquefaction process type (mixed refrigerant, cascade, nitrogen,
etc.)

13.9.4.4

Main refrigerant heat exchangers, cold box(es), etc.

13.9.4.5

Refrigerant compressors and drivers

13.9.4.6

Liquefaction operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum,
normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.9.4.7

Liquefaction operating and design inlet compositions
(minimum/lean/light, normal/design/average, maximum/rich/
heavy), %-vol

13.9.4.8

Liquefaction
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.9.4.9

Liquefaction operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

Commission Staff Guidance

13-32

inlet
inlet

pressures
temperatures

February 2017

13.9.4.10

Liquefaction final exchanger operating and design outlet pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.9.4.11

Liquefaction final exchanger operating and design outlet
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.4.12

Liquefaction condenser operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.4.13

Liquefaction condenser operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.4.14

Liquefaction cooling fluid operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.4.15

Liquefaction cooling fluid operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.4.16

Liquefaction operating and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.4.17

Refrigerant compressor operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.9.4.18

Refrigerant compressor operating and design suction pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.9.4.19

Refrigerant operating and design discharge pressures (minimum,
normal, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.9.4.20

Liquefaction system startup and operation

13.9.4.21

Liquefaction system isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.9.4.22

Liquefaction system basic process control systems

13.9.4.23

Liquefaction system safety instrumented systems

13.9.4.24

Liquefaction system relief valves and discharge

13.9.4.25

Liquefaction system other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-33

air

temperatures

February 2017

13.9.5

Cooling System Design

PROVIDE a description of the cooling system design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.9.5.1

Cooling system source and type

13.9.5.2

Cooling system operating and
(minimum, normal, maximum), gal

13.9.5.3

Cooling system operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.9.5.4

Cooling system operating and design delivery pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.9.5.5

Cooling system operating and design delivery temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.5.6

Cooling system operating and
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.9.5.7

Cooling system operating and design return temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.9.5.8

Cooling system startup and operation

13.9.5.9

Cooling system isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.9.5.10

Cooling system basic process control systems

13.9.5.11

Cooling system safety instrumented systems

13.9.5.12

Cooling system relief valves and discharge

13.9.5.13

Cooling system other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-34

design

design

storage

return

capacities

pressures

February 2017

13.10

LNG PRODUCT TRANSFER TO STORAGE 59

13.10.1

LNG Transfer to Storage Design

PROVIDE a description of the LNG transfer system design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

59

13.10.1.1

LNG Product transfer pumps type

13.10.1.2

Number of LNG Product transfer pumps, operating and spare

13.10.1.3

LNG Product transfer operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), gpm

13.10.1.4

LNG Product transfer operating and design suction pressures
(minimum/NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.10.1.5

LNG Product transfer operating and design suction temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.10.1.6

LNG Product transfer operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.10.1.7

LNG Product transfer operating and design discharge temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.10.1.8

LNG Product transfer operating and design
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), specific gravity

13.10.1.9

LNG flash vessel operating and design inlet pressures (minimum,
normal, maximum), psig

13.10.1.10

LNG flash vessel operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.10.1.11

LNG flash vessel operating and design outlet pressures (minimum,
normal, maximum), psig

densities

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-35

February 2017

13.10.1.12

LNG flash vessel operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.10.1.13

Flash gas compressor operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd 60

13.10.1.14

Flash gas compressor operating and design suction pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.10.1.15

Flash gas compressor operating and design suction temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.10.1.16

Flash gas compressor operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.10.1.17

Flash gas compressor operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.10.1.18

LNG Product transfer startup and operation

13.10.1.19

LNG Product transfer isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.10.1.20

LNG Product transfer basic process control systems

13.10.1.20.1 LNG product flow control
13.10.1.20.2 LNG flash drum pressure control
13.10.1.20.3 LNG flash vapor handling

60

13.10.1.21

LNG Product transfer safety instrumented systems

13.10.1.22

LNG Product transfer relief valves and discharge

13.10.1.23

LNG Product transfer other safety features

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.10.1.13 to 13.10.1.17 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-36

February 2017

13.11

LNG STORAGE TANKS 61

13.11.1

LNG Storage Tank Design

PROVIDE a description of the LNG storage tank design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, LNG Storage
Tank Information in Appendix 13.L, and all other applicable appendices and should
describe:

61

13.11.1.1

LNG storage tank type (above ground, below ground, single,
double, full, membrane, etc.)

13.11.1.2

Number of LNG storage tanks

13.11.1.3

LNG storage tank foundation type

13.11.1.4

LNG storage tank insulation systems

13.11.1.5

LNG storage tanks operating and
(minimum, normal, maximum), gal or m3

13.11.1.6

LNG storage tanks operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), ft

13.11.1.7

LNG storage tanks operating and design pressures/vacuums
(minimum, normal, maximum), inH2O (vacuum) and psig

13.11.1.8

LNG storage tanks operating and design temperatures (minimum,
normal, maximum), °F

13.11.1.9

LNG storage tanks operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.11.1.10

LNG storage tanks operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), %-vol per day

13.11.1.11

LNG storage operating and design residence times, days/hours

13.11.1.12

Hydrotest water source

and

design

design

capacities

liquid

levels

densities

boil-off

rate

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7) thru (10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-37

February 2017

13.11.1.13

Hydrotest water specifications and concentrations, %-vol or ppmv

13.11.1.14

Hydrotest water available flow rate, gpm

13.11.1.15

Hydrotest water pressure, psig

13.11.1.16

Hydrotest water discharge/treatment

13.11.1.17

LNG storage tank startup and operation

13.11.1.18

LNG storage tank isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.11.1.19

LNG storage tank piping support system

13.11.1.20

LNG storage tank basic process control systems

13.11.1.20.1 LNG storage tank cooldown sensors
13.11.1.20.2 LNG storage tank level control
13.11.1.20.3 LNG storage tank pressure control
13.11.1.20.4 LNG storage tank density/rollover control
13.11.1.21

LNG storage tank safety instrumented systems

13.11.1.21.1 LNG storage tank overfill protection
13.11.1.21.2 LNG storage tank overpressure protection
13.11.1.22

LNG storage tank relief valves and discharge

13.11.1.22.1 Calculations for sizing pressure and vacuum relief valves
13.11.1.23

LNG storage tank Impoundment System

13.11.1.23.1 LNG storage tank containment
13.11.1.23.2 LNG storage tank roof spill containment and protection
13.11.1.24

LNG storage tank other safety features

13.11.1.24.1 LNG storage tank leak detection instrumentation
13.11.1.24.2 Foundation frost heave mitigation (heaters temperature
detection)

Commission Staff Guidance

13-38

February 2017

13.12

VAPOR HANDLING 62

13.12.1

Vapor Handling Design

PROVIDE a description of the vapor handling design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

62

63

13.12.1.1

Vapor return blowers type 63

13.12.1.2

Number of vapor return blowers, operating and spare

13.12.1.3

Vapor return blowers operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), lb/hr

13.12.1.4

Vapor return blowers operating and design suction pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.12.1.5

Vapor return blowers operating and design suction temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.12.1.6

Vapor return blowers operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.12.1.7

Vapor return blowers operating and design discharge temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.12.1.8

Boil-off gas (BOG) low pressure compressors type

13.12.1.9

Number of BOG low pressure compressors, operating and spare

13.12.1.10

BOG low pressure compressors operating and design flow rate
capacities (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), lb/hr

13.12.1.11

BOG low pressure compressors operating and design suction
pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.12.1.12

BOG low pressure compressors operating and design suction
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.12.1.1 to 13.12.1.21 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-39

February 2017

13.12.1.13

BOG low pressure compressors operating and design discharge
pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.12.1.14

BOG low pressure compressors operating and design discharge
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.12.1.15

BOG high pressure compressors type

13.12.1.16

Number of BOG high pressure compressors, operating and spare

13.12.1.17

BOG high pressure compressors operating and design flow rate
capacities (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), lb/hr

13.12.1.18

BOG high pressure compressors operating and design suction
pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.12.1.19

BOG high pressure compressors operating and design suction
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.12.1.20

BOG high pressure compressors operating and design discharge
pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.12.1.21

BOG high pressure compressors operating and design discharge
temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.12.1.22

Vapor handling startup and operation

13.12.1.22.1 Vapor return blowers to or from the LNG vessel
13.12.1.22.2 BOG low pressure compression
13.12.1.22.3 BOG high pressure compression, including BOG holding
mode compression to pipeline
13.12.1.22.4 BOG utilization
13.12.1.23

Vapor handling isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.12.1.24

Vapor handling basic process control systems

13.12.1.25

Vapor handling safety instrumented systems

13.12.1.26

Vapor handling relief valves and discharge

13.12.1.27

Vapor handling other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-40

February 2017

13.12.2

Boil-off Gas (BOG) Re-Condensation Design

PROVIDE a description of the BOG re-condensation design. The description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.12.2.1

BOG recondenser type

13.12.2.2

Number of BOG recondensers, operating and spare

13.12.2.3

BOG recondensers operating and design inlet flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), lb/hr

13.12.2.4

BOG recondensers operating and design inlet pressures (minimum,
normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.12.2.5

BOG recondensers operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.12.2.6

BOG recondensers operating and design outlet flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), lb/hr

13.12.2.7

BOG recondensers operating and design outlet pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.12.2.8

BOG recondensers operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.12.2.9

BOG recondenser startup and operation

13.12.2.9.1

Minimum sendout rate for recondensation

13.12.2.9.2

BOG recondensation

13.12.2.10

BOG recondenser isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.12.2.11

BOG recondenser basic process control systems

13.12.2.12

BOG recondenser safety instrumented systems

13.12.2.13

BOG recondenser relief valves and discharge

13.12.2.14

BOG recondenser other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-41

February 2017

13.13

LNG PUMPS 64

13.13.1

LNG Tank/Low Pressure (LP) Pump Design

PROVIDE a description of the LNG LP pump design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

64

65

13.13.1.1

LNG tank/LP pumps type 65

13.13.1.2

Number of LNG tank/LP pumps, operating and spare

13.13.1.3

LNG tank/LP pumps operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), gpm

13.13.1.4

LNG tank/LP pumps operating and design suction pressures
(minimum/NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.13.1.5

LNG tank/LP pumps operating and design suction temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.13.1.6

LNG tank/LP pumps operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.13.1.7

LNG tank/LP pumps operating and design discharge temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.13.1.8

LNG tank/LP pumps operating and design
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), specific gravity

13.13.1.9

LNG tank/LP pumps startup and operation

densities

13.13.1.9.1

LNG pump to marine transfer (LNG carrier, LNG barge, etc.)

13.13.1.9.2

LNG pump to sendout for vaporization

13.13.1.9.3

LNG pump minimum flow recycle

13.13.1.9.4

LNG pump recirculation to marine transfer

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.13.1.1 to 13.13.1.8 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-42

February 2017

13.13.1.9.5

LNG pump recirculation to sendout for vaporization

13.13.1.9.6

LNG pump inter tank transfer

13.13.1.10

LNG tank/LP pumps isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.13.1.11

LNG tank/LP pumps basic process control systems

13.13.1.11.1 LNG pump flow control

13.13.2

13.13.1.12

LNG tank/LP pumps safety instrumented systems

13.13.1.13

LNG tank/LP pumps relief valves and discharge

13.13.1.14

LNG tank/LP pumps other safety features

LNG Sendout/High Pressure (HP) System Design

PROVIDE a description of the LNG HP pump design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

66

13.13.2.1

LNG HP pumps type 66

13.13.2.2

Number of LNG HP pumps, operating and spare

13.13.2.3

LNG HP pumps operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), gpm

13.13.2.4

LNG HP pumps operating and design suction pressures
(minimum/NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.13.2.5

LNG HP pumps operating and design suction temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.13.2.6

LNG HP pumps operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.13.2.7

LNG HP pumps operating and design discharge temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

Applicants can supply data for sections 13.13.2.1 to 13.13.2.8 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-43

February 2017

13.13.2.8

LNG
HP
pumps
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.13.2.9

LNG HP pumps startup and operation

13.13.2.9.1

LNG pump to vaporization

13.13.2.9.2

LNG pump minimum flow recycle

13.13.2.10

LNG HP pumps isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.13.2.11

LNG HP pumps basic process control systems

densities

13.13.2.11.1 LNG pump flow control
13.13.2.12

LNG HP pumps safety instrumented systems

13.13.2.13

LNG HP pumps relief valves and discharge

13.13.2.14

LNG HP pumps other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-44

February 2017

13.14

LNG TRUCKING 67

13.14.1

LNG Trucking Design

PROVIDE a description of the LNG trucking design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

67

68

13.14.1.1

Number of LNG trucks unloaded, No. per year

13.14.1.2

LNG truck unloaded capacities, gal

13.14.1.3

Number of LNG trucks loaded, No. per year

13.14.1.4

LNG truck loaded capacities, gal

13.14.1.5

Number of LNG truck stations

13.14.1.6

LNG truck scales

13.14.1.7

LNG truck unloading operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.14.1.8

LNG truck loading operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.14.1.9

LNG truck unloading operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.14.1.10

LNG truck loading operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.14.1.11

LNG truck unloading operating and design temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.14.1.12

LNG truck loading operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.14.1.13

LNG truck pumps type 68

and
and

and

design

pressures

design

pressures

design

temperatures

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.14.1.11 to 13.14.1.16 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-45

February 2017

13.14.1.14

Number of LNG truck pumps, operating and spare

13.14.1.15

LNG truck pumps operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), gpm

13.14.1.16

LNG truck pumps operating and design suction pressures
(minimum/NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.14.1.17

LNG truck pumps operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

13.14.1.18

LNG truck pumps operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.14.1.19

LNG trucking startup and operation

densities

13.14.1.19.1 LNG loading
13.14.1.19.2 LNG unloading
13.14.1.19.3 Vapor handling
13.14.1.20

LNG trucking piping, vessel, and equipment design and
specifications

13.14.1.21

LNG trucking isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.14.1.22

LNG trucking basic process control systems

13.14.1.23

LNG trucking safety instrumented systems

13.14.1.24

LNG trucking relief valves and discharge

13.14.1.25

LNG trucking other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-46

February 2017

13.15

LNG VAPORIZATION 69

13.15.1

LNG Vaporizers Design

PROVIDE a description of the LNG vaporizers design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.15.1.1

Emission design criteria

13.15.1.2

LNG vaporizers type

13.15.1.3

Number of LNG vaporizers, operating and spare

13.15.1.4

LNG vaporizers operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.15.1.5

LNG vaporizers operating and design heat duties each
(minimum, rated, maximum), MMBtu/hr

13.15.1.6

LNG
vaporizers
operating
and
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.15.1.7

LNG vaporizers operating and design inlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.15.1.8

LNG vaporizers operating and design outlet temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.15.1.9

LNG vaporizers startup and operation

13.15.1.9.1

LNG vaporizer heating system

13.15.1.9.2

LNG vaporization

13.15.1.10

design

pressures

LNG vaporizers isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.15.1.10.1 Generated water handling/disposal system
13.15.1.11

69

LNG vaporizers basic process control systems

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-47

February 2017

13.15.1.12

LNG vaporizers safety instrumented systems

13.15.1.13

LNG vaporizers relief valves and discharge

13.15.1.14

LNG vaporizers other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-48

February 2017

13.16

HEAT TRANSFER FLUID (HTF) SYSTEM(S) 70

13.16.1

HTF Storage Design

PROVIDE a description of the HTF storage design. At a minimum, the description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

70

13.16.1.1

Number of HTF trucks, No. per year

13.16.1.2

HTF truck capacities, gal

13.16.1.3

Number of HTF storage tanks, operating and spare

13.16.1.4

HTF operating and design storage capacities, gal

13.16.1.5

HTF operating and design storage pressures (minimum, normal,
maximum), psig

13.16.1.6

HTF
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.16.1.7

HTF operating and design residence times, minutes

13.16.1.8

HTF system startup and operation

13.16.1.9

HTF system isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.16.1.10

HTF system basic process control systems

13.16.1.11

HTF system safety instrumented systems

13.16.1.12

HTF system relief valves and discharge

13.16.1.13

HTF system other safety features

storage

temperatures

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-49

February 2017

13.16.2

HTF Heating System Design 71

PROVIDE a description of the HTF heating system design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

71

72

13.16.2.1

HTF distribution list and usage requirement by equipment, gpm

13.16.2.2

Heating source

13.16.2.3

HTF heaters type

13.16.2.4

Number of HTF heaters, operating and spare

13.16.2.5

HTF heaters operating and design
(minimum, rated, maximum), MMBtu/hr

13.16.2.6

HTF heaters operating and design pressures (minimum, normal,
maximum), psig

13.16.2.7

HTF heaters operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

inlet

temperatures

13.16.2.8

HTF heaters operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

outlet

temperatures

13.16.2.9

HTF pumps type 72

13.16.2.10

Number of HTF pumps, operating and spare

13.16.2.11

HTF pumps operating and design suction
(minimum/NPSH, normal/rated, maximum), psig

pressures

13.16.2.12

HTF pumps operating and design discharge
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig

pressures

13.16.2.13

HTF pumps operating and design flow
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), gpm

capacities

heat

duty/rate

rate

each

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).
Applicants can supply data for sections 13.16.2.9 to 13.16.2.14 using Equipment Data Table in Attachment 2.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-50

February 2017

13.16.2.14

HTF
pumps
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.16.2.15

HTF heating system startup and operation

13.16.2.16

HTF heating system isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.16.2.17

HTF heating system basic process control systems

13.16.2.18

HTF heating system safety instrumented systems

13.16.2.19

HTF heating system relief valves and discharge

13.16.2.20

HTF heating system other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-51

densities

February 2017

13.17

BTU ADJUSTMENT 73

13.17.1

Btu Adjustment System Design

PROVIDE a description of the Btu adjustment system design. The description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

73

13.17.1.1

Btu adjustment system type

13.17.1.2

Btu adjustment system mixing location

13.17.1.3

Btu
adjustment
system
composition
specifications
(minimum, normal, maximum), percent volume, Wobbe

13.17.1.4

Btu adjustment system operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd or lb/hr

13.17.1.5

Btu adjustment system operating
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.17.1.6

Btu adjustment system operating and design temperatures
(minimum, normal, maximum), °F

13.17.1.7

Btu adjustment system startup and operation

13.17.1.8

Btu adjustment system isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.17.1.9

Btu adjustment system basic process control systems

13.17.1.10

Btu adjustment system safety instrumented systems

13.17.1.11

Btu adjustment system relief valves and discharge

13.17.1.12

Btu adjustment system other safety features

and

design

pressures

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-52

February 2017

13.18

SENDOUT METERING SYSTEM 74

13.18.1

Sendout Metering Design

PROVIDE a description of the sendout metering system design. The description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

74

13.18.1.1

Sendout operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum,
normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.18.1.2

Sendout operating and design pressures (minimum, normal,
maximum), psig

13.18.1.3

Sendout operating and design temperatures (minimum, normal,
maximum), °F

13.18.1.4

Pipeline operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum,
normal, maximum), MMscfd

13.18.1.5

Pipeline operating and design pressures (minimum, normal,
maximum), psig

13.18.1.6

Pipeline operating and design temperatures (minimum, normal,
maximum), °F

13.18.1.7

Sendout metering system startup and operation

13.18.1.8

Sendout metering system isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.18.1.9

Sendout metering system basic process control systems

13.18.1.10

Sendout metering system safety instrumented systems

13.18.1.11

Sendout metering system relief valves and discharge

13.18.1.12

Sendout metering system other safety features

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-53

February 2017

13.19

FUEL GAS 75

13.19.1

Fuel Gas Design

PROVIDE a description of the fuel gas system design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.19.1.1

Fuel gas sources

13.19.1.2

Fuel gas specifications

13.19.1.3

Fuel gas distribution list and requirement by equipment, MMscfd

13.19.1.4

Fuel gas operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum,
normal/rated, maximum), lb/hr

13.19.1.5

Fuel gas operating and design pressures (minimum, normal/rated,
maximum), psig

13.19.1.6

Fuel gas operating and design temperatures (minimum, normal,
maximum), °F

13.19.1.7

Fuel gas operating and design densities (minimum, normal,
maximum), specific gravity

13.19.1.8

Fuel gas startup and operation

13.19.1.9

Fuel gas isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.19.1.10

Fuel gas basic process control systems

13.19.1.11

Fuel gas safety instrumented systems

13.19.1.12

Fuel gas relief valves and discharge

13.19.1.13

Fuel gas other safety features

13.19.1.13.1 Fuel gas odorant system

75

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(6) thru (8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-54

February 2017

13.20

NITROGEN AND INERT GAS 76

13.20.1

Nitrogen Design

PROVIDE a description of the nitrogen system design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.20.1.1

76

Nitrogen source

13.20.1.1.1

Number of liquid nitrogen trucks and truck capacity, gal

13.20.1.1.2

Nitrogen production system and production rate, gpm

13.20.1.2

Nitrogen distribution list of continuous and intermittent users or
usage factors, including leakage, and usage requirement by
equipment, scfm

13.20.1.3

Number of liquid nitrogen storage tanks, operating and spare

13.20.1.4

Liquid nitrogen storage capacity, gal

13.20.1.5

Number of nitrogen vaporizers, operating and spare

13.20.1.6

Liquid nitrogen vaporizer type

13.20.1.7

Number of nitrogen receivers, operating and spare

13.20.1.8

Liquid nitrogen vaporizer operating and design flow rate capacities,
scfm

13.20.1.9

Nitrogen receivers operating and design storage capacities, scf

13.20.1.10

Nitrogen receivers operating and design storage pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.20.1.11

Nitrogen receivers residence times, minutes

13.20.1.12

Nitrogen system startup and operation

13.20.1.13

Nitrogen system shutdown

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-55

February 2017

13.20.2

13.20.1.14

Liquid nitrogen truck loading

13.20.1.15

Nitrogen system isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.20.1.16

Nitrogen system basic process control systems

13.20.1.17

Nitrogen system safety instrumented systems

13.20.1.18

Nitrogen system relief valves and discharge

13.20.1.19

Nitrogen system other safety features

Inert Gas Design

PROVIDE a description of the inert gas system design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.20.2.1

Inert gas distribution list of continuous and intermittent users or
usage factors, including leakage, and usage requirement by
equipment, scfm

13.20.2.2

Inert gas compressors type

13.20.2.3

Number of inert gas compressors, operating and spare

13.20.2.4

Number of inert gas receivers, operating and spare

13.20.2.5

Inert gas source

13.20.2.6

Inert gas specifications

13.20.2.7

Inert gas compressor operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), scfm

13.20.2.8

Inert gas compressor operating and design discharge pressures
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.20.2.9

Inert gas receivers operating and design storage capacities, scf

13.20.2.10

Inert gas receivers operating and design storage pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

13.20.2.11

Inert gas receivers residence times, minutes

Commission Staff Guidance

13-56

February 2017

13.20.2.12

Inert gas startup and operation

13.20.2.13

Inert gas isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.20.2.14

Inert gas basic process control systems

13.20.2.15

Inert gas safety instrumented systems

13.20.2.16

Inert gas relief valves and discharge

13.20.2.17

Inert gas other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-57

February 2017

13.21

INSTRUMENT AND PLANT/UTILITY AIR 77

13.21.1

Instrument Air Design

PROVIDE a description of the instrument air system design. The description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

77

13.21.1.1

Instrument air distribution list of continuous and intermittent users
or usage factors, including leakage, and usage requirement by
equipment, scfm

13.21.1.2

Instrument air specifications, dew point, particulates

13.21.1.3

Number of filters, operating and spare

13.21.1.4

Instrument air compressors type

13.21.1.5

Number of instrument air compressors, operating and spare

13.21.1.6

Instrument air compressor operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal/rated, maximum), scfm

13.21.1.7

Instrument air compressor operating and design discharge
pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.21.1.8

Instrument air drying system type

13.21.1.9

Number of instrument air dryers, operating and spare

13.21.1.10

Instrument air dryers operating and design dew point temperatures,
°F

13.21.1.11

Number of air receivers, operating and spare

13.21.1.12

Air receiver operating and design storage capacities, scf

13.21.1.13

Instrument air receiver operating and design storage pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-58

February 2017

13.21.2

13.21.1.14

Air receiver residence times, sec

13.21.1.15

Instrument air startup and operation

13.21.1.16

Instrument air isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.21.1.17

Instrument air basic process control systems

13.21.1.18

Instrument air safety instrumented systems

13.21.1.19

Instrument air relief valves and discharge

13.21.1.20

Instrument air other safety features

Plant/Utility Air Design

PROVIDE a description of the plant/utility air system design. The description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.21.2.1

Plant/utility air compressors type

13.21.2.2

Number of plant/utility air compressors, operating and spare

13.21.2.3

Plant/utility air distribution list of continuous and intermittent users
or usage factors, including leakage, and usage requirement by
equipment, scfm

13.21.2.4

Plant/utility air specifications

13.21.2.5

Plant/utility air compressors operating and design flow rate
capacities (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), scfm

13.21.2.6

Plant/utility air compressors operating and design discharge
pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.21.2.7

Number of plant/utility air receivers, operating and spare

13.21.2.8

Plant/utility air receivers operating and design storage capacities,
scf

13.21.2.9

Plant/utility air receivers operating and design storage pressures
(minimum, normal, maximum), psig

Commission Staff Guidance

13-59

February 2017

13.21.2.10

Plant/utility air receivers operating and design residence times,
minutes

13.21.2.11

Plant/utility air startup and operation

13.21.2.12

Plant/utility air isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.21.2.13

Plant/utility air basic process control systems

13.21.2.14

Plant/utility air safety instrumented systems

13.21.2.15

Plant/utility air relief valves and discharge

13.21.2.16

Plant/utility air other safety features

Commission Staff Guidance

13-60

February 2017

13.22

UTILITY WATER AND OTHER UTILITIES 78

13.22.1

Utility Water Design

PROVIDE a description of the utility water system design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

78

13.22.1.1

Utility water type (service water, potable water, demineralized
water, steam, chemical treatment. scavengers)

13.22.1.2

Utility water sources

13.22.1.3

Utility water distribution list and usage requirement by equipment,
gpm

13.22.1.4

Utility water operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), gal

13.22.1.5

Utility water operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.22.1.6

Utility water operating and design pressures (minimum, normal,
maximum), psig

13.22.1.7

Utility water startup and operation

13.22.1.8

Utility water isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.22.1.9

Utility water basic process control systems

13.22.1.10

Utility water safety instrumented systems

13.22.1.11

Utility water relief valves and discharge

13.22.1.12

Utility water other safety features

storage

capacities

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-61

February 2017

13.22.2

Other Utilities Design 79

PROVIDE a description of other utility systems design. The description should
reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and
Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design
Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

79

13.22.2.1

Other utilities type (amine solutions, water glycol solutions,
aqueous ammonia, etc.)

13.22.2.2

Other utility distribution list and usage requirement by equipment,
gpm

13.22.2.3

Other utility sources

13.22.2.4

Number of other utility truck stations

13.22.2.5

Other utility operating and design
(minimum, normal, maximum), gal

13.22.2.6

Other utility operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, normal, maximum), gpm

13.22.2.7

Other utility operating and design pressures (minimum, normal,
maximum), psig

13.22.2.8

Utility truck scales

13.22.2.9

Utilities startup and operation

13.22.2.10

Utilities isolation valves, drains, and vents

13.22.2.11

Utilities basic process control systems

13.22.2.12

Utilities safety instrumented systems

13.22.2.13

Utilities relief valves and discharge

13.22.2.14

Utilities other safety features

storage

capacities

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12) thru (14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-62

February 2017

13.23

PIPING AND VALVES 80

13.23.1

Piping and Valve Design

PROVIDE a description of the piping and valve design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Piping, Vessel, Equipment, and Building Information in Appendix 13.M, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.23.1.1

Piping and valve list(s)

13.23.1.2

Tie-in list(s)

13.23.1.3

Isolation, vent and drain philosophies

13.23.1.4

Car seal and lock philosophy

13.23.1.5

Piping layout

13.23.1.6

Pipe supports and pipe racks

13.23.1.7

Piping, valve, flange, and insulation design and specifications

13.23.1.7.1

Conditions and loads (e.g. pressures, temperatures, vibration,
internal and external corrosion, etc.)

13.23.1.7.2

Material of construction temperature limits

13.23.1.7.3

Material of construction allowable stress limits

13.23.1.7.4

Material of construction corrosivity potential and corrosion
allowance

13.23.1.7.5

Cathodic protection

13.23.1.8

Positive Material Identification Requirements*

13.23.1.9

Post Weld Heat Treatment*

13.23.1.10

Non-destructive examination (NDE)*

13.23.1.10.1 Weld radiographic/ultrasonic testing
13.23.1.10.2 Magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination

80

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-63

February 2017

13.23.1.10.3 Pneumatic/hydrostatic leak testing medium and pressure
13.23.1.10.4 Other
13.23.1.11

Piping and valve preventive maintenance*

13.23.1.11.1 Internal and external examination
13.23.1.11.2 Corrosion under insulation
13.23.1.11.3 Metal thickness tests

Commission Staff Guidance

13-64

February 2017

13.24

PROCESS VESSELS 81

13.24.1

Process Vessel Design

PROVIDE a description of the process vessel design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Piping, Vessel, Equipment, and Building Information in Appendix 13.M, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.24.1.1

Process vessel list

13.24.1.2

Process vessel layout

13.24.1.3

Process vessel support

13.24.1.4

Process vessel and insulation design and specifications

13.24.1.4.1

Conditions and loads (e.g. pressures, temperatures, vibration,
internal and external corrosion, etc.)

13.24.1.4.2

Material of construction allowable stress limits

13.24.1.4.3

Material of construction temperature limits

13.24.1.4.4

Material of construction corrosivity potential and corrosion
allowance

13.24.1.4.5

Cathodic protection

13.24.1.5

13.24.1.5.1

Magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination

13.24.1.5.2

Full or spot radiographic or ultrasonic testing

13.24.1.5.3

Pneumatic or hydrostatic leak testing pressure

13.24.1.6

81

NDE

Process vessel preventive maintenance

13.24.1.6.1

Internal and external examination

13.24.1.6.2

Corrosion under insulation

13.24.1.6.3

Metal thickness tests

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-65

February 2017

13.25

ROTATING EQUIPMENT 82

13.25.1

Rotating Equipment Design*

PROVIDE a description of the rotating equipment design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Piping, Vessel, Equipment, and Building Information in Appendix 13.M, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.25.1.1

Rotating equipment and drivers list

13.25.1.2

Rotating equipment layout

13.25.1.3

Rotating equipment support

13.25.1.4

Rotating equipment design and specifications

13.25.1.4.1

Conditions and loads (e.g. pressures, temperatures, vibration,
internal and external corrosion, etc.)

13.25.1.4.2

Performance curves

13.25.1.4.3

Material of construction allowable stress limits

13.25.1.4.4

Material of construction temperature limits

13.25.1.4.5

Material of construction corrosivity potential and corrosion
allowance

13.25.1.4.6

Cathodic protection

13.25.1.5

Machinery Monitoring System

13.25.1.6

Rotating equipment preventive maintenance

13.25.1.6.1

82

Performance monitoring and tests

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-66

February 2017

13.26

FIRED EQUIPMENT 83

13.26.1

Fired Equipment Design*

PROVIDE a description of the fired equipment design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Piping, Vessel, Equipment, and Building Information in Appendix 13.M, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:
13.26.1.1

Fired equipment list

13.26.1.2

Fired equipment layout

13.26.1.3

Fired equipment support

13.26.1.4

Fired equipment design and specifications

13.26.1.4.1

Conditions and loads (e.g. pressures, temperatures, vibration,
internal and external corrosion, etc.)

13.26.1.4.2

Duty

13.26.1.4.3

Material of construction allowable stress limits

13.26.1.4.4

Material of construction temperature limits

13.26.1.4.5

Material of construction corrosivity potential and corrosion
allowance

13.26.1.4.6

Cathodic protection

13.26.1.5

Burner Management System

13.26.1.6

Fired equipment preventive maintenance

13.26.1.6.1

83

Performance monitoring and tests

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-67

February 2017

13.27

BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES 84

13.27.1

Buildings and Structures Design

PROVIDE a description of the building and structure design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Piping, Vessel, Equipment, and Building Information in Appendix 13.M, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:

84

13.27.1.1

Buildings list with dimensions and purpose

13.27.1.2

Building and structure design and specifications

13.27.1.3

Building layout and siting

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-68

February 2017

13.28

ELECTRICAL 85

13.28.1

Electrical System Design

PROVIDE a description of the electrical design. At a minimum, the description
should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B,
Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Electrical Design Information in Appendix 13.N, and all other applicable appendices,
and should describe:

85

13.28.1.1

Power requirements

13.28.1.2

Main power supply, utility/generated

13.28.1.3

Electrical Equipment layout drawings*

13.28.1.4

Cable routing drawings*

13.28.1.5

Main power generators, type

13.28.1.6

Number of main power generators, including any black start
generators

13.28.1.7

Main power supply voltage, kilovolt (kV)

13.28.1.8

Main power supply capacity, kilovolt ampere (kVA)

13.28.1.9

Emergency power supply, utility/generated

13.28.1.10

Emergency power generators, type

13.28.1.11

Number of emergency power generators, No.

13.28.1.12

Emergency power voltage, kV

13.28.1.13

Emergency power capacity, kVA

13.28.1.14

UPS services, voltage, size and capacity, V, kVA, hr

13.28.1.15

Transformer type, dry/oil

13.28.1.16

Number of transformers

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(11), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-69

February 2017

13.28.1.17

Electrical distribution system

13.28.1.18

Distribution and voltage levels

13.28.1.19

Uninterruptible power supply, battery backup system

13.28.1.20

Electrical cable schedule/list*

13.28.1.21

Electrical cable design and specification

13.28.1.22

Cathodic protection

13.28.1.23

Hazardous area classifications

13.28.1.24

Ignition control setbacks and separation

13.28.1.25

Electrical pass-through seals and vents to the atmosphere

Commission Staff Guidance

13-70

February 2017

13.29

PLANS AND PROCEDURES 86

13.29.1

Operation and Maintenance Plans

PROVIDE a description of the proposed operation and maintenance procedures.
Sufficient information should be included to demonstrate that the facilities would be
operated and maintained to meet the federal regulations and the level of safety is consistent
with the design of the facilities. The description should reference the Organizational Chart
in Appendix 13.A.4, Plans and Procedures in Appendix 13.O, and all other applicable
appendices, and should describe:

86

13.29.1.1

Operation procedure development

13.29.1.2

Safety procedures (e.g., hot work and other work permit
procedures, etc.)

13.29.1.3

Maintenance plan and procedure development

13.29.1.4

Operations and maintenance structure

13.29.1.5

Number of operation and maintenance personnel*

13.29.1.6

Location of operation and maintenance personnel*

13.29.1.7

Operation and maintenance personnel training*

13.29.1.8

Training plans and procedures*

13.29.1.9

Management procedures (e.g., alarm management, shift
procedures/fatigue management, management of change
procedures, etc.)*

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-71

February 2017

13.30

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 87

13.30.1

Basic Process Control System Design (BPCS)

PROVIDE a description of the BPCS design, including all PLCs and DCS. At a
minimum, the description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in
Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in
Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, Process Control and Instrumentation Information in Appendix 13.P, and
all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

87

13.30.1.1

Instrument list

13.30.1.2

Instrumentation design and specifications

13.30.1.3

BPCS philosophy

13.30.1.4

BPCS architecture

13.30.1.5

BPCS design and specifications

13.30.1.6

Number of servers, operating and backup

13.30.1.7

Number of historians, operating and backup

13.30.1.8

Distributed control systems (DCS) block diagrams

13.30.1.9

PLC and DCS software

13.30.1.10

Control communication types

13.30.1.11

Number of lines of communication to control room, operating and
backup

13.30.1.12

Control power sources, operating and backup

13.30.1.13

Human machine interface (HMI) local and control room displays,
type

13.30.1.14

Number of HMI control room displays

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-72

February 2017

13.31

SAFETY INSTRUMENTED SYSTEMS 88

13.31.1

Safety Instrumented System (SIS) Design

PROVIDE a description of the SIS design, including emergency shutdown (ESD)
and fire and gas system (FGS). At a minimum, the description should reference the Design
Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix
13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in
Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, Shutoff Valve Information in
Appendix 13.Q, and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

88

13.31.1.1

SIS, FGS, ESD and depressurization philosophies

13.31.1.2

SIS and FGS architecture

13.31.1.3

SIS, FGS, and ESD cause and effect matrices

13.31.1.4

SIS, FGS, and ESD design and specifications

13.31.1.5

Number of SIS and FGS servers, operating and backup*

13.31.1.6

Number of SIS and FGS historians, operating and backup*

13.31.1.7

SIS and FGS block diagrams

13.31.1.8

SIS and FGS software*

13.31.1.9

List of ESD valves

13.31.1.10

ESD valve spacing*

13.31.1.11

ESD closure times*

13.31.1.12

SIS, FGS, and ESD Safety Integrity Levels (SIL)*

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-73

February 2017

13.32

SECURITY PLANS 89

13.32.1

Physical Security Plans

PROVIDE a general description of the proposed security that addresses the
principal concerns for physical security. Identify who would be involved in the
development of the physical security plan during the design phase of the project.
Applicants should include sufficient information to demonstrate that the facilities would
be designed, installed, and operated to meet federal regulations and that the level of security
and safety is consistent with the security threats and vulnerabilities at the project location.
At a minimum, the description should reference Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies
in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in
Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications
in Appendix 13.F, the Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses in Appendix 13.G.8 90,
and all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

89

90

13.32.1.1

Security plan developments

13.32.1.2

Lighting

13.32.1.3

Physical barriers (e.g. fences, vehicle barriers, etc.)

13.32.1.4

Site and onsite access controls

13.32.1.5

Intrusion monitoring

13.32.1.6

Intrusion detection

13.32.1.7

Site security communication

13.32.1.8

Site security service and number of site security personnel

13.32.1.9

Site security use of force

13.32.1.10

Site security training

13.32.1.11

Setbacks, blast walls, hardened structures, and blast resistant designs

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).
Security Threat and Vulnerability Information prepared for or submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with
33 CFR §105.305 or prepared for or submitted to Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in accordance with
6 CFR §27.215 may satisfy Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses in Appendix 13.G.8. This material may
include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information (CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or ChemicalTerrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and must comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-74

February 2017

13.32.2

Cybersecurity Plans

PROVIDE a general description of the proposed security that addresses the
principal concerns for cybersecurity. Identify who would be involved in the development
of the cyber security plan during the design phase of the project. Applicants should describe
their consideration of cybersecurity threats and vulnerabilities and compliance with federal
regulations. At a minimum, the description should reference Regulations and Permits in
Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Project Specifications in
Appendix 13.F, the Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses in Appendix 13.G.8 91, and
all other applicable appendices, and should describe:

91

13.32.2.1

Cybersecurity Plan developments

13.32.2.2

Physical access to control systems

13.32.2.3

Computer and network access controls

13.32.2.4

Intrusion monitoring

13.32.2.5

Intrusion detection

13.32.2.6

Cybersecurity personnel and response teams

13.32.2.7

Cybersecurity awareness and training

13.32.2.8

Air gaps, waterfalls, and firewalls

Security Threat and Vulnerability Information prepared for or submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with
33 CFR §105.305 or prepared for or submitted to Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in accordance with
6 CFR §27.215 may satisfy Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses in Appendix 13.G.8. This material may
include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information (CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or ChemicalTerrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and must comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-75

February 2017

13.33

RELIEF VALVE AND FLARE/VENT SYSTEMS 92

13.33.1

Relief Valves and Flare/Vent Systems Design

PROVIDE a description of the relief valve and flare/vent design. At a minimum,
the description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Relief Valve and Flare/Vent System Information in Appendix 13.R, and all other
applicable appendices, and should describe:

92

13.33.1.1

List of relief valves

13.33.1.2

Relief valve philosophy

13.33.1.3

Relief valve studies

13.33.1.4

Vent stack philosophy

13.33.1.5

Vent stack type

13.33.1.6

Number of vent stacks

13.33.1.7

Vent stack height and diameter

13.33.1.8

Vent stack studies

13.33.1.9

Vent sources

13.33.1.10

Vent stack operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum,
normal/rated, maximum), MMscfd

13.33.1.11

Vent stack operating and
normal/rated, maximum), psig

13.33.1.12

Vent stack operating and design temperatures (minimum, normal,
maximum), °F

13.33.1.13

Vent stack operating and design densities (minimum, normal,
maximum), specific gravity

13.33.1.14

Flare philosophy

design

pressures

(minimum,

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-76

February 2017

13.33.1.15

Flare type

13.33.1.16

Number of flares

13.33.1.17

Flare height and diameter

13.33.1.18

Flare studies

13.33.1.19

Flare sources

13.33.1.20

Flare operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum,
normal/rated, maximum), MMscfd

13.33.1.21

Flare operating and design pressures (minimum, normal/rated,
maximum), psig

13.33.1.22

Flare operating and design temperatures (minimum, normal,
maximum), °F

13.33.1.23

Flare
operating
and
design
(minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

13.33.1.24

Flare operating and design radiant heat (maximum), Btu/ft2-hr

13.33.1.25

Flare operating and design decibel (maximum), decibels on the
A-weighted scale

Commission Staff Guidance

13-77

densities

February 2017

13.34

SPILL CONTAINMENT 93

13.34.1

Spill Containment System Design

PROVIDE a description of the spill containment system design. Include a
description of the spill locations and spill containment system, including curbing, grading,
trenches, troughs downcomers, impoundments sub-impoundments, and dikes, for each
hazardous fluid that could be spilled. The description should contain the location, design
configuration, dimensions, capacity and materials of construction. The description should
also include details of the water removal system, basis of design and flow rate required to
be removed. Each spill containment system, trough, trench, sump and impoundment should
be clearly referenced to the drawings At a minimum, the description should reference the
Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix 13.B, Regulations and Permits in
Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D, Engineering Design Information
in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix 13.F, Spill, Toxic, Fire, and
Explosion Protection Information in Appendix 13.S, and all other applicable appendices,
and should describe:

93

13.34.1.1

Spill containment philosophy

13.34.1.2

Spill locations and flows

13.34.1.3

Impoundment volumetric capacities

13.34.1.4

Trench and trough volumetric flow capacities

13.34.1.5

Downcomer volumetric flow capacities

13.34.1.6

Impoundment system water removal

13.34.1.7

Storm water flow design basis

13.34.1.8

Storm water drainage calculations

13.34.1.9

Impoundment system snow and ice removal

13.34.1.10

Snow and ice load basis of design and removal

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(4),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-78

February 2017

13.35

PASSIVE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 94

13.35.1

Passive Protection Design

PROVIDE a description of the passive protection design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Spill, Toxic, Fire, and Explosion Protection Information in Appendix 13.S, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:

94

13.35.1.1

Passive protection philosophy

13.35.1.2

Cryogenic structural protection

13.35.1.3

Vapor barriers

13.35.1.4

Equipment layout setbacks and separation

13.35.1.5

Blast walls, hardened structures, and blast resistant design

13.35.1.6

Fire-proofing, firewalls, and radiant heat shields design

13.35.1.7

Other passive protection (e.g. mounding, elevated heating,
ventilation, and air conditioning [HVAC] intakes; foam glass
blocks; etc.)

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-79

February 2017

13.36

HAZARD DETECTION SYSTEMS 95

13.36.1

Hazard Detection System Design

PROVIDE a description of the hazard detection design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Spill, Toxic, Fire, and Explosion Protection Information in Appendix 13.S, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:

95

13.36.1.1

Hazard detection philosophies (selection, layout, alarm, activation,
and/or shutdown setpoints, voting logic, voting degradation logic)

13.36.1.2

Hazard detection design and performance criteria (e.g., minimum
detector spacing, maximum detection time, etc.)

13.36.1.3

Low temperature detectors

13.36.1.4

Oxygen deficiency detectors

13.36.1.5

Toxic gas detectors

13.36.1.6

Flammable/combustible gas detectors

13.36.1.7

Flame detectors

13.36.1.8

Heat detectors

13.36.1.9

Smoke/products of combustion detectors

13.36.1.10

Manual pull stations

13.36.1.11

Audible and visual notification systems for field, control room,
plant wide, and offsite

13.36.1.12

Other hazard detectors (e.g., rate of rise temperature detectors,
acoustic leak detectors, closed-circuit television [CCTV] detectors,
carbon monoxide, etc.)

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-80

February 2017

13.37

HAZARD CONTROL SYSTEMS 96

13.37.1

Hazard Control System Design

PROVIDE a description of the hazard control design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Spill, Toxic, Fire, and Explosion Protection Information in Appendix 13.S, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:

96

13.37.1.1

Hazard control philosophies (selection, layout, activation)

13.37.1.2

Performance criteria (e.g., minimum flow and capacity, maximum
travel distance/spacing, etc.)

13.37.1.3

Portable fire extinguishers design and layout with reference to
drawings in Appendix 13.S

13.37.1.4

Fixed dry chemical systems design and layout with reference to
drawings in Appendix 13.S

13.37.1.5

Clean agent systems design and layout with reference to drawings
in Appendix 13.S

13.37.1.6

Carbon dioxide systems design and layout with reference to
drawings in Appendix 13.S

13.37.1.7

Other hazard control systems (e.g., nitrogen snuffing, dispersive
fans, building ventilation, etc.) design and layout with reference to
drawings in Appendix 13.S

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(2),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-81

February 2017

13.38

FIRE WATER SYSTEM 97

13.38.1

Fire Water Design

PROVIDE a description of the fire water system design. At a minimum, the
description should reference the Design Basis, Criteria, and Philosophies in Appendix
13.B, Regulations and Permits in Appendix 13.C, Codes and Standards in Appendix 13.D,
Engineering Design Information in Appendix 13.E, Project Specifications in Appendix
13.F, Spill, Toxic, Fire, and Explosion Protection Information in Appendix 13.S, and all
other applicable appendices, and should describe:

97

13.38.1.1

Fire water philosophy

13.38.1.2

Fire water system design cases, demands, calculations, and basis of
sizing

13.38.1.3

Main fire water supply and back up supply (e.g., fire water tank,
pond, ocean, wells, city, etc.)

13.38.1.4

Fire water supply pressure, psig

13.38.1.5

Fire water storage type and capacity, gal

13.38.1.6

Main fire water pumps and driver type

13.38.1.7

Number of main fire water pumps, operating and standby

13.38.1.8

Main fire water pumps operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, rated, maximum), gpm

13.38.1.9

Main fire water pumps operating and design pressures (minimum,
rated, maximum)

13.38.1.10

Jockey/make up water source

13.38.1.11

Jockey/make up water operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, rated, maximum), gpm

13.38.1.12

Jockey/make up water operating and design pressures (minimum,
rated, maximum), psig

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(2),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-82

February 2017

13.38.1.13

Fire water piping design and layout with reference to drawings in
Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.13.1 Freeze protection (burial depth below frost depth, aboveground
heat tracing, etc.)
13.38.1.14

Fire water hydrants design and layout with reference to drawings
in Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.15

Fire water monitors design and layout with reference to drawings
in Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.16

Hose reels design and layout with reference to drawings in
Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.17

Water screens and deluge systems design and layout with reference
to drawings in Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.18

Expansion foam philosophy

13.38.1.19

Expansion foam system design cases, demands, calculations, and
basis of sizing

13.38.1.20

Expansion foam water supply

13.38.1.21

Expansion foam supply

13.38.1.22

Expansion foam type (e.g. low expansion Aqueous Film-Forming
Foam [AFFF], high expansion foam, etc.)

13.38.1.23

Expansion foam concentration, percent volume

13.38.1.24

Expansion foam storage type and capacity, gal

13.38.1.25

Expansion foam pumps and driver type

13.38.1.26

Number of expansion foam pumps, operating and standby

13.38.1.27

Expansion foam pumps operating and design flow rate capacities
(minimum, rated, maximum), gpm

13.38.1.28

Expansion foam pumps operating and design pressures (minimum,
rated, maximum)

Commission Staff Guidance

13-83

February 2017

13.38.1.29

Expansion foam piping design and layout with reference to
drawings in Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.29.1 Freeze protection (burial depth below frost depth, aboveground
heat tracing, etc.)
13.38.1.30

Expansion foam generators design and layout with reference to
drawings in Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.31

Expansion foam hose reels design and layout with reference to
drawings in Appendix 13.S

13.38.1.32

External impact protection (bollards)

Commission Staff Guidance

13-84

February 2017

13.39

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN 98

13.39.1

Emergency Response Plan

PROVIDE a description of the Emergency Response Plan development, planned
coordination, and a summary of utilization of onsite personnel and offsite personnel and
equipment in response to fires. At a minimum, the description should include:

98

99

13.39.1.1

Incident Command System organizational chart for emergency
response

13.39.1.2

Proximity of emergency response, fire brigades/departments,
mutual aid, and local law enforcement

13.39.1.3

Number of emergency response personnel

13.39.1.4

Number and type of emergency response apparatus

13.39.1.5

Response to emergencies and deployment of resources

13.39.1.6

Public and onsite notification and communication

13.39.1.7

Multiple access and egress locations and roadways, internal and
external to site

13.39.1.8

Preliminary evacuation routes within and adjacent to plant and
LNG vessel route

13.39.1.9

Proposed frequency and type of security and emergency response
training and drills for onsite personnel and emergency responders

13.39.1.10

Contact and communications with the Coast Guard, including LOI
and submittal of preliminary Waterway Suitability Assessment (at
time of pre-filing), and submittal of a Follow-on Waterway
Suitability Assessment (at time of application) 99

13.39.1.11

Contact and communications with the State Fire Marshal

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).
Waterway Suitability Assessments submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with 18 CFR §157.21(a)(1),
18 CFR §157.21(f)(13), 33 CFR §127.007, and Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular (NVIC) 01-2011,
Guidance Related to Waterfront Liquefied Natural Gas Facilities may satisfy this provision and Waterway
Safety and Reliability Impact Studies in Appendix 13.G.3. This material may include Critical Energy
Infrastructure Information (CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or Chemical-Terrorism Vulnerability
Information (CVI) and must comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-85

February 2017

13.39.1.12

Contacts and communications with all other appropriate agencies

13.39.1.13

Preliminary Cost-Sharing Plans with any state and local agencies
and responders to fund security, emergency management, and
training costs

13.39.1.14

Schedule for any future actions, studies or meetings to develop the
Emergency Response Plan and Cost-Sharing Plan

Commission Staff Guidance

13-86

February 2017

RESOURCE REPORT 13 APPENDICES
13.A APPENDIX 13.A, PROJECT MANAGEMENT 100
13.A.1 Site Location Maps and Drawing
PROVIDE area location maps and drawings detailing the plant and surrounding
areas. The maps and drawings should show: owned and leased property boundaries,
easements, and rights of ways; water bodies and sensitive resources, such as streams,
ponds, marshes, and wetlands; existing site features that would be removed or demolished,
including existing vegetation, structures, foundations, equipment, and containers;
populated areas, such as residential communities, business districts, schools, day care
centers, religious facilities, and recreational areas; transportation infrastructure, such as
roads and highways, railroads and rail yards, waterlines, sewer lines, and storm culverts,
hazardous pipelines, electric lines, marinas, and airports; industrial facilities, such as power
plants, nuclear facilities, wastewater facilities, and petrochemical and processing facilities;
public health and safety facilities, such as police and fire departments, hospitals, and
mutual aid facilities; and military facilities, such as bases, test sites, restricted areas, and
research areas.
13.A.2 Owner Organizational Structure
PROVIDE an Organizational Chart detailing the structure of the ownership of the
project. The structure should include the owner of the project, parent companies, and
subsidiaries.
13.A.3 Construction Workforce Organizational Chart(s)*
PROVIDE an organizational chart for the construction workforce.
13.A.4 Operation Workforce Organizational Chart(s)*
PROVIDE an organizational chart for the operational plant. At a minimum, the
organizational chart should include the structure and number of all staff for operations,
maintenance, engineering, safety, security, health, environment, management, and
administration.

100

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-87

February 2017

13.A.5 Gantt Chart
PROVIDE a preliminary Gantt chart of the project schedule that should include
general milestones for the following:
13.A.5.1

13.A.5.2

Front-end engineering design and reviews, including milestones for
completed:
13.A.5.1.1

Hazard Identification (HAZID) or Preliminary Hazard
and Operability (HAZOP)

13.A.5.1.2

Piping and Instrumentation Drawings (P&IDs)

13.A.5.1.3

Fire protection evaluation

13.A.5.1.4

FEED

Regulatory Permits and Approvals, including milestones for submittals
and authorizations/permits for:
13.A.5.2.1
13.A.5.2.2
13.A.5.2.3
13.A.5.2.4
13.A.5.2.5

13.A.5.3

Site Preparation, including milestones for starting and completing:
13.A.5.3.1
13.A.5.3.2
13.A.5.3.3
13.A.5.3.4
13.A.5.3.5
13.A.5.3.6
13.A.5.3.7
13.A.5.3.8
13.A.5.3.9

13.A.5.4

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. Department of Energy
FERC
State agencies

Mobilization
Soil stabilization
Grading
Electric Power
Waterlines
Underground piping and systems
Access roads
Laydown areas
Dredging

Detailed/Final Engineering, including milestones for starting and
completing:
13.A.5.4.1
13.A.5.4.2
13.A.5.4.3

Commission Staff Guidance

Process Hazard Analyses (PHA) (e.g., HAZOP, SIL
verification, Layers of Protection Analysis [LOPA], etc.)
Issued for construction P&IDs
Structural design

13-88

February 2017

13.A.5.4.4
13.A.5.5

Procurement, including milestones for completing:
13.A.5.5.1
13.A.5.5.2
13.A.5.5.3

13.A.5.6

Procurement of long-lead equipment
Transit/delivery of major equipment
Receipt of bulk materials/fluids

Construction, including milestones for starting and completing:
13.A.5.6.1
13.A.5.6.2
13.A.5.6.3
13.A.5.6.4
13.A.5.6.5
13.A.5.6.6
13.A.5.6.7
13.A.5.6.8
13.A.5.6.9
13.A.5.6.10
13.A.5.6.11
13.A.5.6.12
13.A.5.6.13

13.A.5.7

Fire protection evaluation

Piling
Foundations
Fabrication/erection of structural steel
Major pieces of equipment
Storage tanks
Vessels
Piping
Tie-ins
Electrical and instrumentation
Insulation
Equipment tagging
Labeling
Signage

Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning, including milestones for
starting and completing:
13.A.5.7.1
13.A.5.7.2
13.A.5.7.3
13.A.5.7.4
13.A.5.7.5
13.A.5.7.6
13.A.5.7.7
13.A.5.7.8
13.A.5.7.9
13.A.5.7.10
13.A.5.7.11
13.A.5.7.12
13.A.5.7.13
13.A.5.7.14
13.A.5.7.15
13.A.5.7.16
13.A.5.7.17

Commission Staff Guidance

Cleanout
Purging
Dryout
Leak/pneumatic testing
Hydrotests
Equipment alignment checks
Mechanical completion
Loop checks
Alarm/trip checks
Commissioning plans and procedures
Electrical tests
Factory acceptance tests (FAT)
Site acceptance tests (SAT)
Site integration tests (SIT)
Functional tests and commissioning demonstration tests
Introduction of hazardous fluids
Ready for Startup documentation
13-89

February 2017

13.A.5.8

Startup, including milestones for starting and completing:
13.A.5.8.1
13.A.5.8.2

13.A.5.9

Training of personnel
Startup and cooldown procedures

Commencement of operations, including milestones for starting and
completing:
13.A.5.9.1
13.A.5.9.2
13.A.5.9.3
13.A.5.9.4

Commission Staff Guidance

Operation procedures
Maintenance plans
Performance tests
Turnover

13-90

February 2017

13.B APPENDIX 13.B, DESIGN BASIS, CRITERIA, AND PHILOSOPHIES 101
13.B.1 Basis of Design and Criteria
PROVIDE the basis of the engineering design that justifies, explains, or clarifies
the design criteria. Items to be considered should include, but are not limited to: feed gas
pipeline conditions, LNG ship/import criteria, guarantee conditions, venting and flaring
requirements, fire water, sendout pipeline criteria, LNG ship/export criteria. As applicable,
the overall Design Basis and criteria should address:
13.B.1.1
13.B.1.2
13.B.1.3
13.B.1.4
13.B.1.5
13.B.1.6
13.B.1.7
13.B.1.8
13.B.1.9
13.B.1.10
13.B.1.11
13.B.1.12
13.B.1.13
13.B.1.14
13.B.1.15
13.B.1.16
13.B.1.17
13.B.1.18
13.B.1.19
13.B.1.20
13.B.1.21
13.B.1.22
13.B.1.23
13.B.1.24
13.B.1.25
13.B.1.26
13.B.1.27
13.B.1.28
13.B.1.29
13.B.1.30
13.B.1.31
101

Marine platform
Marine transfer
Feed gas system
Acid gas removal
Mercury removal
Water removal
Heavies/condensates removal, storage, and disposition
NGL fractionation, storage, and disposition
Refrigerant
Liquefaction
Cooling water
LNG transfer
LNG storage tank
Vapor handling
LNG trucking
LNG vaporization
HTF storage and heating
Btu adjustment
Sendout metering
Electrical
Fuel gas
Nitrogen
Inert gas
Instrument air
Plant/utility air
Piping
Process vessel
Buildings and structures
Basic process control system
Safety Instrument System
Relief valve and flare/vent systems

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-91

February 2017

13.B.1.32
13.B.1.33
13.B.1.34
13.B.1.35
13.B.1.36

Spill containment
Passive protection
Hazard detection
Hazard control
Fire water system

13.B.2 Design and Control Philosophies
PROVIDE design and control philosophy of operation of all systems/facilities. At
a minimum, the design and control philosophies should include the following systems:
13.B.2.1
13.B.2.2
13.B.2.3
13.B.2.4
13.B.2.5
13.B.2.6
13.B.2.7
13.B.2.8
13.B.2.9
13.B.2.10
13.B.2.11
13.B.2.12
13.B.2.13
13.B.2.14
13.B.2.15
13.B.2.16
13.B.2.17
13.B.2.18
13.B.2.19
13.B.2.20
13.B.2.21
13.B.2.22
13.B.2.23
13.B.2.24
13.B.2.25
13.B.2.26
13.B.2.27
13.B.2.28

Sparing philosophy
Warehouse philosophy
Marine transfer system philosophy
Acid gas removal system philosophy
Mercury removal system philosophy
Dehydration and regeneration gas system philosophy
Heavies/condensates removal, storage, and disposition systems
philosophy
NGL removal, storage, and disposition system philosophy
Liquefaction system philosophy
Cooling system philosophy
LNG transfer system philosophy
LNG storage tank system philosophy
Vapor handling system philosophy
LNG vaporization system philosophy
Btu adjustment system philosophy
Material selection philosophy
Isolation, drain, and vent philosophies
Car seal and lock philosophy
BPCS philosophy
SIS, FGS, ESD, and depressurization philosophies
Relief valve philosophy
Vent/Flare system philosophy
Spill containment philosophy
Passive protection philosophy
Hazard detection philosophy
Hazard control philosophy
Fire water philosophy
Expansion foam philosophy

Commission Staff Guidance

13-92

February 2017

13.C APPENDIX 13.C, REGULATIONS AND PERMITS 102
13.C.1 Table of Regulatory Agencies, Permits, and Approvals
PROVIDE a table of the government regulations and permits required for the
design, construction, and operation of the facilities. At a minimum, the table should include
all permits or approvals from local, state, Federal, or Native American groups or Indian
agencies required prior to and during construction of the plant, and the status of each,
including the date filed, the date issued, and any known obstacles to approval. This section
may reference Resource Report 1.
13.C.2 Regulatory Agency Correspondence
PROVIDE copies of all correspondence and submissions relating to all required
safety and reliability related permits and approvals. Correspondence should resolve any
potential safety impacts, including hazards to or from surrounding areas of the project site
and shipping route. At a minimum, correspondence should be provided for the following
agencies:
13.C.2.1
13.C.2.2
13.C.2.3
13.C.2.4

Coast Guard
DOT
FAA
Other (e.g., EPA, OSHA, DoD, NRC, state, etc.)103

13.C.3 Regulatory Compliance Matrix
PROVIDE a code compliance matrix that clearly describes how each applicable
requirement in 49 CFR Part 193 and incorporated National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) 59A LNG Standards has been satisfied. The specific location of relevant
supporting information contained in the application should also be provided. For new
facilities, the siting requirements of 49 CFR Part 193, Subpart B, must be given special
attention. Hazards for releases over water should also be presented to ensure compliance
with the Coast Guard’s LNG regulations in 33 CFR Part 127, if applicable.

102
103

18 CFR §380.12(o)(13) and 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).
DoD should be consulted if the facilities, operations, or potential incidents could impact DoD military operations
or facilities. NRC should be consulted if the facilities, operations, or potential incidents could impact NRC
jurisdictional nuclear operations or facilities. State safety agencies should be consulted for any safety concerns
expressed by the state.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-93

February 2017

13.D APPENDIX 13.D, CODES AND STANDARDS 104
13.D.1 List of Codes and Standards
PROVIDE a list of the codes, standards, and other recognized and general accepted
good engineering practices with editions 105 under which the Project will be designed,
constructed, and operated. The list should be ordered alphabetically by standard body and
numerically for standards. Codes and Standards should include, but should not be limited
to the following standard and code bodies/organizations:
13.D.1.1
13.D.1.2
13.D.1.3
13.D.1.4
13.D.1.5
13.D.1.6
13.D.1.7
13.D.1.8
13.D.1.9
13.D.1.10
13.D.1.11
13.D.1.12
13.D.1.13
13.D.1.14
13.D.1.15
13.D.1.16
13.D.1.17
13.D.1.18
13.D.1.19
13.D.1.20
13.D.1.21

104

105

106

American Concrete Institute (ACI)
American Gas Association (AGA)
American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
American Petroleum Institute (API)
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
American Welding Society (AWS)
Gas Processors Association (GPA)
International Code Council (ICC)
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
International Society of Automation (ISA) 106
National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Oil Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF)
Society of International Gas Tanker and Terminal Operators (SIGTTO)
Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)
Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association (TEMA)
Underwriter Laboratories (UL)

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(12), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).
For multiple codes and standards, applicants can summarize editions (e.g. latest edition at time of application
unless otherwise noted).
Previously, Instrumentation Systems and Automation Society.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-94

February 2017

13.E APPENDIX 13.E, ENGINEERING DESIGN INFORMATION 107
13.E.1 Block Diagram of Facilities
PROVIDE up-to-date overall schematics of the project facilities. Block Diagrams
should show all major systems and should be legible.
13.E.2 Process Flow Diagrams
PROVIDE up-to-date diagrams of the facilities. Process flow diagrams should
show all major process equipment and conditions used as the basis for equipment design.
The diagrams should be keyed to the material and energy balances. At a minimum, the
process flow diagrams should show stream designations upstream and downstream of each
major piece of process equipment, including but not limited to:
13.E.2.1
13.E.2.2
13.E.2.3
13.E.2.4
13.E.2.5
13.E.2.6
13.E.2.7
13.E.2.8
13.E.2.9
13.E.2.10
13.E.2.11

Pipelines
Acid gas removal units
Mercury removal units
Dehydrators
Distillation columns
Fired heaters
Compressors
Pumps
Heat exchangers
Storage containers
Transfer areas

13.E.3 Utility Flow Diagrams
PROVIDE up-to-date diagrams of the facilities. Utility flow diagrams should show
all major plant utility equipment and conditions used as the basis for equipment design. At
a minimum, the utility flow diagrams should show stream designations upstream and
downstream of each major piece of utility equipment including but not limited to:
13.E.3.1
13.E.3.2
13.E.3.3
13.E.3.4
13.E.3.5
13.E.3.6

107

Instrument air
Plant air
Nitrogen
Service water
Potable water
Steam

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(1),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(6) thru (8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-95

February 2017

13.E.4 Heat and Material Balances
PROVIDE up-to-date heat and material balances of the facilities. heat and material
balances should be included for each operating mode (e.g., holding, loading, unloading,
liquefying, vaporizing, etc.) and range of compositions and conditions that give the
maximum and minimum operating parameters. The heat and material balances should
include:
13.E.4.1
13.E.4.2
13.E.4.3
13.E.4.4
13.E.4.5
13.E.4.6

Design rating case
Average composition, average ambient conditions
Lean composition, cold ambient conditions
Lean composition, warm ambient conditions
Rich composition, cold ambient conditions
Rich composition, warm ambient conditions

13.E.5 Piping and Instrumentation Drawings
PROVIDE up-to-date drawings of the facilities. P&IDs should be included with a
Master Drawing List, Legends and Symbols with Drawing Labeling Conventions, and
Drawing Revision Number and Dates. The piping legend and symbol key should be in
accordance with accepted practice (e.g., ISA 5.1). At a minimum, the P&IDs should
include:
13.E.5.1

All equipment, including packaged equipment, labeled with tag
number, name, size, duty, capacity and design conditions

13.E.5.2

All equipment power devices, controls, and monitoring, including
motor type and local or remote operation and instrumentation

13.E.5.3

All equipment insulation and pipe connections and penetrations with
size and pertinent interior arrangement (e.g. trays, weirs, demisters) and
labeled nozzles or nozzle schedule

13.E.5.4

All piping, including vent, drain, cooldown and recycle piping, labeled
with line number, piping class spec, size and insulation

13.E.5.5

All special notes indicating minimum or maximum slopes, distances,
straight lengths, no pockets, and symmetrical arrangements

13.E.5.6

All reducers, including eccentric or concentric

13.E.5.7

All flanges, including isolation flanges, insulating flanges, and blinds

Commission Staff Guidance

13-96

February 2017

13.E.5.8

All valves including control, isolation, check, vent, drain, and others for
operation, start-up, and maintenance, labeled with tag number, type,
valve operator type, normal position, and fail position

13.E.5.9

All car seals and locks

13.E.5.10

All instrumentation, including local, panel, and control room, with tag
number, type, control loops, and software connections

13.E.5.11

All shutdown interlocks

13.E.5.12

All relief devices, including depressurization valves, vacuum relief
valves, pressure relief valves, rupture discs, and rupture pins, labeled
with tag number, set point, valve inlet and outlet piping size

13.E.5.13

All breaks and limits, including piping spec breaks and insulation limits,
and battery limits between parties (e.g. contractor and vendor)

13.E.6 Plant and Equipment Layouts
PROVIDE overall plot plans, unit plot plans, and elevation drawings. Overall
project plot plans should show owned/leased property lines, the location of all major
components to be installed, as listed below. Unit plot plans should be included for each
process area or system and should show the locations of all equipment and piperacks. Each
area and piece of equipment should be clearly labeled. The unit plot plans should be
detailed enough to allow for measurement of distances between various components to
verify the safe spacing of all equipment and buildings as required by federal regulations
and other codes and standards. Specifically, the smallest scale used should be 1-inch to
100-feet (1:1200). Elevation drawing should be included for each process area and should
show the elevations of all major process equipment and major pipe racks.
Consideration should be given for allowing clearance above, below, and between
equipment for planning access and maintenance, including access to manual valves;
calibration of instrumentation and hazard detection; lifting arrangements for pumps, heavy
valves, and other equipment; pulling heat exchanger tube bundles; and labeling, painting,
and cleaning piping.
13.E.6.1

Overall project plot plans
13.E.6.1.1
13.E.6.1.2
13.E.6.1.3
13.E.6.1.4
13.E.6.1.5
13.E.6.1.6

Commission Staff Guidance

Feed gas pipeline metering station
Feed gas pretreatment equipment
Heavies/condensates removal columns, storage, and sendout
NGL fractionation columns, storage, and sendout
Refrigerant systems and storage
Liquefaction equipment
13-97

February 2017

13.E.6.1.7
13.E.6.1.8
13.E.6.1.9
13.E.6.1.10
13.E.6.1.11
13.E.6.1.12
13.E.6.1.13
13.E.6.1.14
13.E.6.1.15
13.E.6.1.16
13.E.6.1.17
13.E.6.1.18
13.E.6.1.19
13.E.6.1.20
13.E.6.1.21
13.E.6.1.22
13.E.6.1.23
13.E.6.1.24
13.E.6.1.25
13.E.6.1.26
13.E.6.1.27
13.E.6.1.28

Marine facilities
Long transfer piping
LNG storage
Truck transfer areas
Pumps
LNG vaporizers
Btu stabilization equipment
Compressors and blowers
Boil-off gas recondensation
Vent stacks and flare stacks
Sendout metering (gas and liquids)
Buildings
Power generation
Major utility systems
Auxiliary and appurtenant service facilities
Emission control equipment
Spill impoundments and dikes
Fire water systems and storage
Access and egress roads, access control, emergency routing
Property and fence lines
Tie-in points
Any other significant equipment or features

13.E.6.2

Unit plot plans

13.E.6.3

Section and elevation drawings of major equipment, pipe racks, and
typical piping support system

13.E.6.4

Three dimensional plant model*

13.E.7 Plant Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) Analyses*
PROVIDE copies of any conducted plant RAM analyses. At a minimum, the RAM
analyses should support the guarantee conditions, if known, or design conditions and
should justify the number of docks, liquefaction equipment, tanks, vaporizers, and sparing
philosophy of rotating equipment, relief valves, and other critical equipment.
Consideration should be given to the preventive and routine maintenance,
storage/warehousing philosophy, and obsolescence plans for the life of the facilities.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-98

February 2017

13.F APPENDIX 13.F, SPECIFICATIONS 108
13.F.1 Civil Specifications
PROVIDE a list of the specifications that would be used to design, construct and
test the facilities prior to initial operation. Specifications to clarify the proposed design
should include:
13.F.1.1

Site preparation specifications
13.F.1.1.1
13.F.1.1.2
13.F.1.1.3
13.F.1.1.4
13.F.1.1.5
13.F.1.1.6
13.F.1.1.7

13.F.1.2

Design load specifications
13.F.1.2.1
13.F.1.2.2
13.F.1.2.3
13.F.1.2.4
13.F.1.2.5
13.F.1.2.6
13.F.1.2.7
13.F.1.2.8
13.F.1.2.9
13.F.1.2.10
13.F.1.2.11
13.F.1.2.12
13.F.1.2.13
13.F.1.2.14
13.F.1.2.15

108

109

Excavation
Fill and backfill
Stabilization
Trenching
Dewatering
Stormwater and sewers
Other site preparation specifications

Live*
Dead*
Operational*
Seismic 109
Wind
Storm surge
Tsunami
Snow and ice
Impact
Blast
Thermal*
Transport*
Erection/construction*
Load combinations and factors
Other design load specifications

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(5),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(15).
Provide seismic specifications for Seismic Category I, II, and III equipment items that are to be procured. Separate
specifications can be provided for Seismic Category I, II, and III items and/or other subsets of equipment as
deemed practicable. Seismic Category I seismic specifications should be in accordance with NBSIR 84-2833 and
Seismic Category II and III equipment items should be in accordance with ASCE 7-05.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-99

February 2017

13.F.1.3

Piling specifications

13.F.1.4

Foundation mat/slab specifications

13.F.1.5

Marine platform specifications

13.F.1.6

Structural steel specifications

13.F.1.7

Building specifications
13.F.1.7.1
13.F.1.7.2
13.F.1.7.3
13.F.1.7.4
13.F.1.7.5
13.F.1.7.6
13.F.1.7.7

13.F.1.8

Control buildings
Electrical buildings
Compressor buildings
Storage buildings
Pressurized buildings
Ventilated buildings
Blast resistant buildings

Other civil specifications

13.F.2 Mechanical Specifications
PROVIDE a list of the specifications that would be used to design, construct and
test the facilities prior to initial operation. Specifications to clarify the proposed design
should include:
13.F.2.1

Piping specifications
13.F.2.1.1
13.F.2.1.2
13.F.2.1.3
13.F.2.1.4
13.F.2.1.5
13.F.2.1.6
13.F.2.1.7

13.F.2.2

General piping
Process piping
Vacuum insulated piping
Branch connections
Flanged connections
Pipe supports and pipe racks
Other piping specifications

Valve specifications
13.F.2.2.1
13.F.2.2.2
13.F.2.2.3
13.F.2.2.4
13.F.2.2.5
13.F.2.2.6
13.F.2.2.7

Commission Staff Guidance

Control valves
Pressure regulators
Remotely actuated valves
Emergency shutdown (ESD) valves
On/Off or isolation valves
Pressure relief valves
Vacuum relief valves

13-100

February 2017

13.F.2.2.8 Check valves
13.F.2.2.9 Firesafe valves
13.F.2.2.10 Other valves
13.F.2.3

Insulation specifications
13.F.2.3.1
13.F.2.3.2
13.F.2.3.3
13.F.2.3.4
13.F.2.3.5

13.F.2.4

Rotating equipment specifications*
13.F.2.4.1
13.F.2.4.2
13.F.2.4.3
13.F.2.4.4
13.F.2.4.5
13.F.2.4.6

13.F.2.5

Submerged combustion exchangers
Shell and tube exchangers
Ambient air exchangers
Fin-fan exchangers
Plate exchangers
Direct-fired heaters
Distillation columns
Other heat exchanger specifications

Storage tank and vessel specifications
13.F.2.6.1
13.F.2.6.2
13.F.2.6.3
13.F.2.6.4
13.F.2.6.5
13.F.2.6.6

110

Canned pumps
Centrifugal pumps
Vertical turbine pumps
Reciprocating compressors
Centrifugal compressors
Other rotating equipment specifications

Heat exchanger specifications*
13.F.2.5.1
13.F.2.5.2
13.F.2.5.3
13.F.2.5.4
13.F.2.5.5
13.F.2.5.6
13.F.2.5.7
13.F.2.5.8

13.F.2.6

Hot insulation
Cold insulation
Cryogenic insulation
Fireproofing insulation
Other insulation specifications

Non-LNG atmospheric storage tanks 110
Internal floating roof storage tanks
External floating roof storage tanks
Fixed roof storage tanks
Pressure vessels
Other storage tank and vessel specifications

LNG atmospheric storage tank specifications should be provided in Appendix 13.L.1.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-101

February 2017

13.F.2.7

Other specialized equipment specifications
13.F.2.7.1
13.F.2.7.2
13.F.2.7.3
13.F.2.7.4
13.F.2.7.5
13.F.2.7.6
13.F.2.7.7

Filters and coalescers
Pig traps
Vent stacks
Flare stacks
Flame arrestors
Transfer arms/hoses
Other specialized equipment specifications

13.F.3 Electrical and Instrumentation Specifications
PROVIDE a list of the specifications that would be used to design, construct and
test the facilities prior to initial operation. Specifications to clarify the proposed design
should include:
13.F.3.1

Power system specifications
13.F.3.1.1
13.F.3.1.2
13.F.3.1.3
13.F.3.1.4

13.F.3.2

Switchgear
Transformers
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
Other power system specifications

Control system specifications
13.F.3.2.1
13.F.3.2.2
13.F.3.2.3
13.F.3.2.4
13.F.3.2.5
13.F.3.2.6
13.F.3.2.7
13.F.3.2.8

Basic process control system
Flow measurement
Level measurement
Pressure measurement
Temperature measurement
Gas concentration measurement
Human machine interface (HMI)
Other control system specifications

13.F.3.3

Safety instrument system (SIS) specifications

13.F.3.4

Cable specifications
13.F.3.4.1
13.F.3.4.2
13.F.3.4.3
13.F.3.4.4
13.F.3.4.5
13.F.3.4.6

Commission Staff Guidance

Power cables*
Instrumentation cables*
Cable tray specification*
Fire resistant cable
Electric and instrument cable seals
Other cable specifications*

13-102

February 2017

13.F.3.5

Other electrical and instrumentation specifications
13.F.3.5.1
13.F.3.5.2
13.F.3.5.3

Electrical heat tracing
Grounding and earthing
Other electrical and instrumentation specifications

13.F.4 Security and Fire Safety Specifications
PROVIDE a list of the specifications that would be used to design, construct and
test the facilities prior to initial operation. Specifications to clarify the proposed design
should include:
13.F.4.1

Security Specifications
13.F.4.1.1
13.F.4.1.2
13.F.4.1.3
13.F.4.1.4
13.F.4.1.5
13.F.4.1.6
13.F.4.1.7

13.F.4.2

Passive Protection Specifications
13.F.4.2.1
13.F.4.2.2
13.F.4.2.3
13.F.4.2.4
13.F.4.2.5
13.F.4.2.6
13.F.4.2.7
13.F.4.2.8

13.F.4.3

Lighting
Fencing
Access control
Vehicular barriers
Intrusion monitoring systems
Intrusion detection systems
Other security system specifications

Spill containment
Cryogenic structural protection
Vapor barriers
Blast walls and hardened structures
Fireproofing/fire insulation
Mounding
Fire walls and radiant heat shields
Other passive protection specifications

Hazard Detection Specifications
13.F.4.3.1
13.F.4.3.2
13.F.4.3.3
13.F.4.3.4
13.F.4.3.5
13.F.4.3.6
13.F.4.3.7
13.F.4.3.8
13.F.4.3.9

Commission Staff Guidance

Low temperature detectors
Oxygen deficiency detectors
Toxic gas detectors
Flammable/combustible gas detectors
Flame detectors
Heat and high temperature detectors
Smoke or products of combustion detectors
Manual pull stations
Audible and visual notification systems for field, control
room, plant wide, and offsite
13-103

February 2017

13.F.4.3.10 Other hazard detector specifications
13.F.4.4

Hazard control specifications
13.F.4.4.1
13.F.4.4.2
13.F.4.4.3
13.F.4.4.4
13.F.4.4.5

13.F.4.5

Portable fire extinguishers
Fixed dry chemical systems
Clean agent systems
Carbon dioxide systems
Other hazard control system specifications

Fire water specifications
13.F.4.5.1
13.F.4.5.2
13.F.4.5.3
13.F.4.5.4
13.F.4.5.5
13.F.4.5.6
13.F.4.5.7
13.F.4.5.8
13.F.4.5.9
13.F.4.5.10

Commission Staff Guidance

Fire water piping
Fire hydrants
Fire monitors
Fire hose
Water curtains
Deluge systems
Sprinkler systems
Mist systems
Foam system
Other fire water system specifications

13-104

February 2017

13.G APPENDIX 13.G, HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 111
13.G.1 Process Hazard Analyses and Recommendations
PROVIDE copies of preliminary process hazard analysis (PHA) design reviews.
The PHA should include lists of the recommendations and status of implementation. The
design reviews should, at a minimum, include the requirements for siting, equipment layout
and spacing, process controls, and ignition controls applicable during all phases of
commissioning, startups, shutdowns, operation and maintenance. Recommendations
resulting from the PHA (e.g., HAZID and/or preliminary HAZOP) reviews performed
during the FEED phase of the project should be included in the design submitted with the
application. The PHA should list the participants and years of relevant experience.
13.G.2 Simultaneous Operation Studies
PROVIDE descriptions or plans to develop any Simultaneous Operations
(SIMOPS) studies to be used during project construction near operational facilities or
during phased startup of multiple project stages.
13.G.3 Waterway Safety and Reliability Impact Studies 112
PROVIDE an analysis that addresses potential safety and reliability impacts of
proposed LNG vessels (i.e., LNG carriers, LNG barges, etc.) loaded or unloaded at the
project facilities and from current commercial and recreational waterway traffic with
reference to other Resource Reports (e.g. Resource Report 8). The safety and reliability
analysis should include studies that take into account tides, currents, waves, winds, ice,
visibility, day/night conditions, passing vessels direction, passing vessels sizes and speeds,
and LNG vessel sizes and speeds. An evaluation of the LNG vessel transit route and
berthing should be provided that includes local pilot participation and comments and that
addresses:

111

112

13.G.3.1

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation of watercraft
alliding and colliding with the transiting LNG vessel, moored LNG
vessel, and marine facilities

13.G.3.2

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation for LNG vessel
grounding, alliding, and colliding with ground, marine platform and
coastal structures, and other watercraft based on LNG vessel route,

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).
Waterway Suitability Assessments submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with 18 CFR §157.21(a)(1),
18 CFR §157.21(f)(13), 33 CFR §127.007, and Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular (NVIC) 01-2011,
Guidance Related to Waterfront Liquefied Natural Gas Facilities may satisfy Waterway Safety and Reliability
Impact Studies in Appendix 13.G.3. This material may include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information
(CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or Chemical-Terrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and must
comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-105

February 2017

shipping channel depths and harbor bottom type, widths, turning basins,
and berthing arrangement
13.G.3.3

Tug requirements, security escorts, and speed limits to safely and
securely transport, berth, and unberth LNG vessel

13.G.3.4

Maneuvers to berth and unberth LNG vessel

13.G.3.5

Hydrodynamic effect of slips on passing vessels

13.G.3.6

Hydrodynamic effect of passing ships on moored LNG vessels

13.G.3.7

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation for intentional
acts involving LNG vessel during transit and marine transfer

13.G.4 Road Safety and Reliability Impact studies
PROVIDE an analysis that addresses potential safety and reliability impacts from
proposed tanker trucks loaded or unloaded at the project facilities and from commercial
and recreational roadway traffic with reference to other Resource Reports (e.g. Resource
Report 8). The safety and reliability analysis should include studies that take into account
visibility, day/night conditions, passing vehicle direction, passing vehicle contents, sizes,
and speeds, and tanker truck contents, sizes, and speeds. An evaluation of external and
internal roadways at the project site should be included that addresses:
13.G.4.1

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation of vehicles and
proposed tanker trucks’ impacts, such as collisions from vehicles on
external roadways

13.G.4.2

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation for collisions of
vehicle and tanker trucks with other vehicles and equipment based on
entrances, routes, road grades, road widths, turn around areas, and exit
ways within the plant

13.G.4.3

Vehicle and tanker trucks access control, vehicle barriers, bollards,
clearance heights, and speed limits to safely and securely receive, load,
and unload tanker trucks

13.G.4.4

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation for intentional
acts involving tanker trucks during transit and truck transfer.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-106

February 2017

13.G.5 Rail Safety and Reliability Impact Studies
PROVIDE an analysis that addresses potential safety and reliability impacts from
proposed rail cars loaded or unloaded at the project facilities and from current commercial
and passenger rail traffic with reference to other Resource Reports (e.g. Resource Report
8). The safety and reliability analysis should include studies that take into account
visibility, day/night conditions, frequency, passing rail car direction, contents, sizes, and
speeds. An evaluation of external and internal railways at the project site should be
provided that addresses:
13.G.5.1

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation of rail cars on
railways outside the plant accidentally colliding with the facilities

13.G.5.2

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation of rail car
derailments and collisions with equipment based on rail car entrances,
routes, grades, switchyards, and exit ways within the plant

13.G.5.3

Rail car access control, barriers, clearance heights, and speed limits to
safely and securely receive, load, and unload rail cars

13.G.5.4

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation for intentional
acts involving rail cars during transit and rail transfer

13.G.6 Air Safety and Reliability Impact studies
PROVIDE an analysis that addresses potential safety and reliability impacts from
current commercial, military, and recreational air traffic near the facility and along the
LNG vessel route. with reference to other Resource Reports (e.g. Resource Report 8). The
safety and reliability analysis should include studies that take into account visibility,
day/night conditions, flight paths, and aircraft sizes and speeds. An evaluation of facility
equipment (including construction equipment) and LNG vessel heights should be included
that addresses:
13.G.6.1

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation of an aircraft
accidentally colliding with the facilities or LNG vessels.

13.G.6.2

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation for intentional
acts involving aircraft during transit to airports.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-107

February 2017

13.G.7 Crane and Lifting Impact studies
PROVIDE an analysis that addresses potential safety and reliability impacts from
cranes and lifting devices within the facility from construction and maintenance activities.
The analysis should include the location, capacity, size, and lifting paths of all crane and
other lifting devices and discuss the use of mobile lifting equipment and any procedures or
provisions to minimize impact. The analysis should include the weight of equipment to be
lifted, lifting path and height, and should address:
13.G.7.1

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation of slips and drops
from a crane or lifting device impacting the facilities or LNG vessels.

13.G.7.2

Potential occurrence, potential effects, and mitigation of cranes
accidentally colliding with the facilities or LNG vessels (e.g., extended
bucket trucks colliding with overhead piperacks).

13.G.8 Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses 113
PROVIDE security related drawings and any associated security threat and
vulnerability analyses. At a minimum, the security threat and vulnerability analysis should
cover the potential physical and cyber security threats and vulnerability of the facility and
related transportation. At a minimum, drawings should include:

113

13.G.8.1

Security fencing, site and onsite access control, bollard, vehicle barrier,
and other physical barrier layout and drawings

13.G.8.2

Lighting layout and drawings

13.G.8.3

Intrusion monitoring (e.g., camera) and intrusion detection layout and
drawings

Security Threat and Vulnerability Information prepared for or submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with
33 CFR §105.305 or prepared for or submitted to Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in accordance with
6 CFR §27.215 may satisfy Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses in Appendix 13.G.8. This material may
include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information (CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or ChemicalTerrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and must comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-108

February 2017

13.H APPENDIX 13.H, HAZARD ANALYSES 114
13.H.1 Safety Data Sheets
PROVIDE safety data sheets for hazardous materials that would be stored,
processed, and handled at the facility and transported to or from the facility.
13.H.2 Hazardous Release List
PROVIDE a full list of considered hazardous releases and the bounding scenarios
for all hazardous fluids areas 115. A piping and equipment inventory table of LNG plant
components in hazardous or flammable fluid service should be provided. The piping and
equipment inventory table should be submitted in Excel (*.XL*) format. Separate tabs or
lists should be used for each type of hazardous fluid, as well as a separate tab or list to
present all of the final selections. At a minimum, the list should include:
13.H.2.1

Line segment or component number to identify potential releases

13.H.2.2

Hazardous fluid service (LNG, natural gas, refrigerants [such as
ammonia, propane, ethane, mixed refrigerant]), natural gas liquids or
gas condensate, hydrogen sulfide, benzene, etc.) for each component

13.H.2.3

General plant area or service (e.g. liquefaction train, refrigerant storage,
marine area, etc.), unless the entire project is confined to one area

13.H.2.4

Unit plot plan drawing number reference(s) for each component

13.H.2.5

Beginning point location (e.g., exchanger outlet flange) for each line

13.H.2.6

Ending point location (e.g., pump suction nozzle) for each line

13.H.2.7

P&IDs and drawing number reference(s) for each component

13.H.2.8

Piping line designation or equipment tag number on P&ID

13.H.2.9

Pipe diameter or pipe size, volume of container, or size of equipment

13.H.2.10 Length of piping (feet and meters) or number of components (each)
13.H.2.11 Maximum connection diameter in the piping segment

114
115

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).
Refer
to
PHMSA’s
LNG
Plant
Requirements:
Frequently
Asked
Questions
http://primis.phmsa.dot.gov/lng/faqs.htm (visited September, 20, 2016) ..

Commission Staff Guidance

13-109

February 2017

13.H.2.12 Failure type or mode selected from the failure rate table
13.H.2.13 Corresponding nominal failure rates per meter or unit
13.H.2.14 Calculated failure rate based on pipe length or number of units and
failure rates per meter or unit listed in the failure rate table
13.H.2.15 Comparison of calculated failure rate to a failure rate criterion of 3x105
failures per year
13.H.2.16 Process or storage conditions (e.g., fluid phase [liquid or vapor], density
[lb/ft3], pressure [psig], temperature [°F], flow rate, [lb/hr],
compositions)
13.H.2.17 Process flow diagram and corresponding heat and material balance
stream number
13.H.2.18 Heat and material design case (e.g., rich, lean, average, etc.)
13.H.2.19 Calculated equivalent hole size based on failure modes listed in the
failure rate table
13.H.2.20 Calculated release flow rates
13.H.2.21 Scenarios selected with release duration, de-inventory duration, height,
direction, orientation, rainout percentage, flashing and jetting vapor
mass flow rate, pool vaporization mass flow rate, and total vapor mass
flow rate
13.H.3 Hazard Analysis Reports
PROVIDE hazard analysis report(s) detailing the governing release scenarios and
sensitivity tests (e.g., hole size, wind speed, and site-specific conditions) to evaluate hot
and cold temperature hazards, asphyxiant and toxic dispersion hazards, flammable vapor
dispersion hazards, VCE, BLEVE, and pressure vessel burst (PVB) overpressure hazards,
fireball, pool fire, jet fire, and fireball radiant heat hazards from releases and cascading
events. 116 Input and Output files should accompany all modeling runs. The hazard analysis

116

Hazards that extend offsite should describe the impacts to: (1) populated areas, including number of people,
residential communities, business districts, schools, day care centers, religious facilities, and recreational
facilities; (2) transportation infrastructure, including roads and highways, railroads and rail yards, pipelines,
electric lines, marinas, airports, space launch sites; (3) industrial facilities, including power plants, nuclear
facilities, wastewater facilities, and other hazardous facilities; (4) public health and safety facilities, including
police and fire departments, and hospitals; and (5) military facilities, including military bases, test sites, and
research areas.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-110

February 2017

report should also discuss whether the safety and reliability of the proposed LNG facilities
could be impacted by adjacent facilities, operations, or potential hazardous releases.
13.H.4 Meteorological Data
PROVIDE meteorological data supporting the wind speed, atmospheric
temperature, and humidity used in all hazard analyses. At a minimum, the meteorological
data should be representative of the site and should cite the source of the weather data.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-111

February 2017

13.I

APPENDIX 13.I, NATURAL HAZARD DESIGN INVESTIGATIONS AND
FORCES 117

13.I.1 Earthquakes
13.I.1.1

Seismic evaluation
PROVIDE a seismic hazard evaluation for the LNG project site.
Include all supporting information and data for the seismic hazard
evaluation of the site and seismic design of the proposed project as
specified in NBSIR 84-2833, 49 CFR Part 193, and incorporated NFPA
59A and ASCE 7 Standards. At a minimum, the Seismic Hazard
Evaluation should address geologic and seismic setting, seismic hazard
investigation. The geologic and seismic setting should include the
project site’s local geologic and seismic setting including faults and
seismic sources. Both seismic and growth faults should be investigated
and addressed including recommendations for design vertical and
horizontal offset and fault orientations were facilities or pipelines cross
faults. The seismic hazard evaluation should include site-specific
determinations of the MCE, DE, SSE ,OBE, and the ALE. The SSE and
OBE should be based on 49 CFR Part 193 and the incorporated NFPA
59A Standard. As such, the SSE is taken equivalent to the MCE as
determined in accordance with the site-specific procedures of the
incorporated ASCE 7 and the OBE is taken as the ground motion with
a 10% probability of exceedance within a 50-year period (475-year
return period). The seismic hazard evaluation should also include
detailed assessments of surface rupture and fault offset displacements
including recommended offset values to be considered for design. If
present, the following should be addressed in detail with estimated
settlements without and with proposed ground improvement:
liquefaction potential, liquefaction-related settlement, potential for sand
boils and other surface manifestation of liquefaction, lateral spreading,
seismic slope stability, seismic compaction, and need for ground
improvement to mitigate liquefaction hazard,. Recommended values to
be considered for design after ground improvement should also be
included. Seismic Categories should include detailed description, sizes,
loads, and relative locations and designate the Seismic Category I, II,
or III of major structures such as LNG tanks, containment systems,
buildings, storage tanks, vaporizers, liquefaction trains, power plant
structures, and other plant components including unloading and

117

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(15).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-112

February 2017

docking facilities. Reference should be made to the Geotechnical
Investigation in Appendix 13.J. See Attachment 3 for more details.

13.I.1.2

13.I.1.1.1

Geologic and seismic setting

13.I.1.1.2

Development of design earthquakes

13.I.1.1.3

MCE site-specific ground motion spectral values for 5%
damping

13.I.1.1.4

DE site-specific ground motion spectral values for 5%
damping and ground motion parameters, SDS, SD1, SMS,
SM1, TL

13.I.1.1.5

SSE site-specific ground motion spectral values for 5%
damping

13.I.1.1.6

OBE site-specific ground motion spectral values for 5%
damping

13.I.1.1.7

ALE site-specific ground motion spectral values for 5%
damping

13.I.1.1.8

At locations crossing active faults, design surface fault
offsets (horizontal and vertical) and fault orientations

13.I.1.1.9

At locations where crossing growth faults, design offsets
for growth faults: Provide design fault offsets for growth
faults (horizontal and vertical) for the design life of the
facilities and fault orientations

13.I.1.1.10

Ground motions and frequencies of earthquakes at site
location.

13.I.1.1.11

Sloshing freeboard

13.I.1.1.12

Ground motion detection systems that alarm and
shutdown.

Seismic Categories of LNG facility structures, components, equipment
and systems
PROVIDE the Seismic Category assignments for all LNG facility
structures, components, equipment, and systems associated with the
project. The seismic category assignments should be all-inclusive and
should be in accordance with the definitions provided in NBSIR 84-

Commission Staff Guidance

13-113

February 2017

2833. If only a portion of structures and systems are Category I or II,
they should be listed and, where necessary for clarity, the boundaries of
Category I and II portions should be shown on piping and
instrumentation drawings. An example of a categorized list for an LNG
project is included in Attachment 4.

13.I.1.3

13.I.1.2.1

List of structures, systems and components classified as
Seismic Category I

13.I.1.2.2

List of structures, systems and components classified as
Seismic Category II.

13.I.1.2.3

List of structures, systems and components classified as
Seismic Category III.

Seismic design basis and criteria of LNG facility structures,
components, equipment and systems
PROVIDE the Seismic Category design basis and criteria for all
Seismic Categories. The seismic design basis and criteria for Seismic
Category I, II, or III structures, components, equipment and systems
should include information or references needed to perform a design
including design response spectra, seismic design coefficients, load
combinations, damping values, damping value reduction factors,
ductility or inelastic reduction factors to be used with the OBE and SSE,
the allowable stresses, strength capacities and φ-factors for each load
combination, intended methods of analysis, building codes and material
standards to be used and all other criteria necessary to perform the
design of each structure, component, and system. The seismic design
criteria should, at a minimum, satisfy 49 CFR Part 193 and the
incorporated edition of NFPA 59A. Items to be considered in preparing
the seismic design criteria documents are included in Attachment 5. The
seismic design criteria should also include the incorporated ASCE 7
design earthquake seismic coefficients and seismic design parameters
that should be used in the design of structures, systems and components
that are assigned Seismic Category II and III. In addition, In addition,
the criteria should consider the guidance included in NBSIR 84-2833
and the following:
13.I.1.3.1

Seismic Category I design basis and criteria, including
13.I.1.3.1.1

Commission Staff Guidance

SSE and OBE response spectra

13-114

February 2017

13.I.1.3.2

Commission Staff Guidance

13.I.1.3.1.2

Damping values, ductility or inelastic
reduction factors (if any), to be used with
SSE and OBE

13.I.1.3.1.3

Load combinations, load factors,
allowable stress or capacity increases (if
any), and angle of internal friction (ϕ)factors for each load combination

13.I.1.3.1.4

Intended methods of analysis

13.I.1.3.1.5

Codes and standards and specifications
that are intended to be used and all other
criteria necessary to perform the seismic
design of each Seismic Category I
structure, component, equipment, and
system.

Seismic Category II design basis and criteria
13.I.1.3.2.1

MCE and DE response spectra

13.I.1.3.2.2

Ground
motion
parameters

13.I.1.3.2.3

Occupancy classification to individual
structures and non-building structures

13.I.1.3.2.4

Seismic design category assigned to
individual structures and non-building
structures

13.I.1.3.2.5

The importance factors for structures,
non-building structures and nonstructural
components and systems

13.I.1.3.2.6

The inelastic seismic coefficients for
structures, non-building structures and
nonstructural components and systems

13.I.1.3.2.7

Load combinations, load factors,
allowable stress or capacity increases (if
any) and (ϕ)-factors for each load
combination

13-115

seismic

design

February 2017

13.I.1.3.3

Commission Staff Guidance

13.I.1.3.2.8

Intended methods of analysis

13.I.1.3.2.9

Codes and standards and specifications
that are intended to be used and all other
criteria necessary to perform the seismic
design of each Seismic Category II
structure, component, equipment and
system.

Seismic Category III design basis and criteria
13.I.1.3.3.1

MCE and DE response spectra

13.I.1.3.3.2

Ground
motion
parameters

13.I.1.3.3.3

Occupancy classification to individual
structures and non-building structures

13.I.1.3.3.4

Seismic design category assigned to
individual structures and non-building
structures

13.I.1.3.3.5

The importance factors for structures,
non-building structures and nonstructural
components and systems

13.I.1.3.3.6

The inelastic seismic coefficients for
structures, non-building structures and
nonstructural components and systems

13.I.1.3.3.7

Load combinations, load factors,
allowable stress or capacity increases (if
any) and (ϕ)-factors for each load
combination

13.I.1.3.3.8

Intended methods of analysis

13.I.1.3.3.9

Codes and standards and specifications
that are intended to be used and all other
criteria necessary to perform the seismic
design of each Seismic Category III
structure, component, equipment and
system.

13-116

seismic

design

February 2017

13.I.1.3.4

13.I.1.3.5

Commission Staff Guidance

Hazardous fluid piping design basis and criteria
13.I.1.3.4.1

The OBE response spectra and seismic
parameter SDS

13.I.1.3.4.2

Load combinations, load factors,
allowable stress or capacity increases (if
any) and (ϕ)-factors for each load
combination

13.I.1.3.4.3

Intended methods of analysis

13.I.1.3.4.4

Codes and standards and specifications
that are intended to be used and all other
criteria necessary to perform the seismic
design of each Seismic Category III
structure, component, equipment, and
system.

Provide seismic criteria for small LNG containers with
capacities less than 70,000 gallons. The criteria should
satisfy the seismic requirements of federal regulations
including 49 CFR Part 193 and any incorporations by
reference. The criteria should include:
13.I.1.3.5.1

DE seismic design ground motion
parameters occupancy classification to
individual structures and non-building
structures

13.I.1.3.5.2

Seismic Category
containers

13.I.1.3.5.3

The importance factor assigned to the
containers

13.I.1.3.5.4

The inelastic seismic
assigned to the containers

13.I.1.3.5.5

Load combinations, load factors,
allowable stress or capacity increases (if
any) and (ϕ)-factors for each load
combination

13.I.1.3.5.6

Intended methods of analysis

13-117

assigned

to

the

coefficients

February 2017

13.I.1.3.5.7

13.I.1.4

Codes and standards that are intended to
be used and all other criteria necessary to
perform the seismic design of the small
containers.

Seismic instrumentation:
PROVIDE a description (make and model) of the proposed seismic
instrumentation that will be installed at the LNG project site and the
location of both the instrument and the sensors. The purpose of the
instrumentation is to permit a comparison of measured responses of
Seismic Category I structures and selected components against
predetermined results of analyses that predict when damage might
occur. This also permits plant operators to understand the possible
extent of damage within the plant immediately following an earthquake
and to be able to determine when an SSE event has occurred that would
require the emptying of the tank(s) for inspection as specified in Section
4.1.3.6 (c) of NFPA 59A-2001. If the instrument already exists at the
site, include a description of the existing equipment and location of the
instrument and the sensors. The seismic instrumentation section should
be in accordance with NBSIR 84-2833. Seismic recording
instrumentation should be triaxial digital systems that record
accelerations versus time accurately for periods between 0 and 10
seconds. Recorders should have rechargeable batteries such that if there
is a loss of power, recording will still occur. The instrumentation should
be housed in appropriate weather and creature-proofed enclosures. At
all LNG facilities, at a minimum, one recorder should be located in the
free field mounted on rock or competent ground generally
representative of the site. In addition, at sites classified as Seismic
Design Category D, E, or F in accordance with Chapter 11 of ASCE 705 (assuming Occupancy Category IV) recorders should be located and
attached to the foundations and roofs of LNG tanks, and in the control
room. The systems should have the capability to also produce response
spectra for each recorded time history. At a minimum, the seismic
instrumentation information should include:
13.I.1.4.1

Commission Staff Guidance

Description and basis for selection and location of
Seismic Instrumentation that will be installed to provide
detection, alarms, emergency response, and post-event

13-118

February 2017

verification of structural integrity in selected Category I
structures and on the selected Category I components 118.
13.I.1.4.1.1
13.I.1.4.1.2
13.I.1.4.1.3
13.I.1.4.2

Control room operator notification
13.I.1.4.2.1

13.I.1.4.3

Triaxial peak accelerographs
Triaxial time history accelerographs
Triaxial spectrum recorders.

Emergency
Response
Plans
for
responding to seismic alarms and data,
including reference to post-processed
seismic instrumentation data (e.g., peak
acceleration or spectral response data).

Comparison of measured and predicted responses
13.I.1.4.3.1

Criteria and procedures that will be used to
compare
measured
responses
of
Category I structures and of selected
components in the event of an earthquake
against the predetermined results of
predictive analyses of the seismic system
and subsystem

13.I.2 Tsunami and Seiche
PROVIDE details on the facilities design being proposed to handle potential
tsunamis, seiche, or other seismic hydrologic effects (e.g., site elevation, shoreline
stabilization, jetty design and operation). Include information to confirm why and how the
overall project (LNG storage tanks and critical equipment, cryogenic transfer piping;
marine/cargo unloading platforms; primary and emergency electrical power; boil-off gas
compression; and control systems) would adequately withstand conditions from potential
tsunamis, seiche, or other seismic hydrologic events. Indicate the water-borne debris with
their size and speed that the facilities will be designed to withstand. Indicate the procedures
that will be used to evaluate whether the design of LNG facilities is adequate. In addition,
describe the design water inundation elevations for the project site and their bases for both
still water and with wind/wave effects considering site-specific studies. Include all project
elevations for dikes, storm surge walls, piers, docks, unloading and loading arms and other
pier and dock facilities, and other elevated features of the project, their design basis and
demonstrate how they would conform to industry and Federal standards and would protect
critical equipment or ensure minimal consequences. Include the historical or scientific
118

For example, see NRC Regulatory Guide 1.12: Nuclear Power Plant Instrumentation for Earthquakes

Commission Staff Guidance

13-119

February 2017

basis for wind and storm surge conditions used as design criteria. Compare with 100- and
500-, 1,000-, 2,500- and 10,000-year return period elevations. Include in these elevations
the effects of sea level rise and regional subsidence considering the design life of project
facilities for time dependent severe natural hazards.
13.I.2.1

Tsunami and seiche design basis and criteria

13.I.2.2

Identification of tsunami and seiche design inundation and run-up
elevations and corresponding return periods for all structures, systems,
and components

13.I.2.3

Maximum considered tsunami (MCT) inundation and run-up elevations
for project site, including the MCE level ground motions at the site if
the MCE is the triggering source of the MCT

13.I.2.4

Comparison of design tsunami and seiche water inundation elevations
with inundation elevations corresponding to:
13.I.2.4.1
13.I.2.4.2
13.I.2.4.3
13.I.2.4.4

10,000-year return period
1,000-year return period
500-year return period
100-year return period

13.I.2.5

Discussion of inundation and run up elevations and frequencies of
tsunamis and other natural hazards at site location

13.I.2.6

Design sea level rise: elevation change to be used in design to account
for sea level rise at project site for the design life of the facilities

13.I.2.7

Design regional subsidence: elevation change to be used in design to
account for regional subsidence at project site for the design life of the
facilities

13.I.2.8

Discussion of co-seismic subsidence/uplift

13.I.2.9

Discussion of expected settlement over the design life of the facilities

13.I.3 Hurricanes and Other Meteorological Events
PROVIDE details on the facilities design that are being proposed to handle
potential regional hurricane activity or other storm effects (e.g., site elevation, shoreline
stabilization, jetty design and operation, stormwater management and spill retention).
Include information to confirm why and how the overall project (LNG storage tanks and
critical equipment, cryogenic transfer piping; marine/cargo unloading platforms; primary
and emergency electrical power; boil-off gas compression; and control systems) would

Commission Staff Guidance

13-120

February 2017

adequately withstand conditions from potential wind and storm surge of hurricanes and
similar meteorological events. Describe the design wind speeds (both sustained and
3-second gust) and their basis for all LNG facilities, including LNG containers, LNG
containers with capacities less than 70,000 gallons, and all other equipment as required per
49 CFR §193.2067. Supply an all-inclusive list of facilities (structures, systems, equipment
and components) that need to be designed for these wind speeds consistent with the
PHMSA LNG frequently asked questions (FAQ). Include the codes or standards that were
used to convert the design wind speeds into design forces for each wind speed situation. In
addition, for each wind speed and situation, include the wind importance factor, allowable
stress design (ASD) and Strength Load Combinations, Load Factors and permitted
allowable stress increase factors consistent with the codes and standards to be used for
design. Indicate the wind-borne debris and their wind speed that will be design per the
requirements of 49 CFR §193.2067 and the procedures that will be used to evaluate
whether the design of LNG facilities is adequate. In addition, describe the design storm
surge elevations for the project site and their basis for both still water and with wind/wave
effects conditions considering site-specific studies. Include all project elevations for dikes,
storm surge walls, piers, docks, unloading and loading arms and other pier and dock
facilities, and other elevated features of the project, their design basis, and demonstrate
how they will conform to industry and Federal standards and protect critical equipment or
ensure minimal consequences. Include the historical or scientific basis for wind and storm
surge conditions used as design criteria. Compare with 100- and 500-, 1,000-, and 10,000year return period elevations and NOAA storm surge elevations for hurricane prone areas
at the site for Category 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 hurricanes. Include in these elevations the effects
of sea level rise and regional subsidence considering the design life of the facilities for time
dependent severe natural hazards.
13.I.3.1

Wind and storm surge design basis and criteria

13.I.3.2

Identification of design wind speeds (sustained and 3-second gusts) and
corresponding return periods, wind importance factors, and storm surge
design elevations for all structures, systems, and components

13.I.3.3

Comparison of design wind speeds (sustained and 3-second gusts) and
storm surge (still water, wind/wave run-up effects, crest elevations)
with hurricane and other meteorological event wind speeds
corresponding to:
13.I.3.3.1
13.I.3.3.2
13.I.3.3.3
13.I.3.3.4

13.I.3.4

10,000-year return period
1,000-year return period
500-year return period
100-year return period

Discussion of wind speeds (sustained and 3-second gusts) and storm
surge elevations (still water, wind/wave run-up effects, crest elevations)

Commission Staff Guidance

13-121

February 2017

and frequencies of hurricanes, and other meteorological events at site
location:
13.I.3.4.1

Hurricane Saffir-Simpson Category 5 (>156 mph
sustained, >195 mph 3-second gust)

13.I.3.4.2

Hurricane Saffir-Simpson Category 4 (130-156 mph
sustained, 166-195 mph 3-second gust)

13.I.3.4.3

Hurricane Saffir-Simpson Category 3 (111-129 mph
sustained, 141-165 mph 3-second gust)

13.I.3.4.4

Hurricane Saffir-Simpson Category 2 (96-110 mph
sustained, 117-140 mph 3-second gust)

13.I.3.4.5

Hurricane Saffir-Simpson Category 1 (74-95 mph
sustained, 91-116 mph 3-second gust)

13.I.3.5

Design sea level rise: elevation change to be used in design to account
for sea level rise at project site for the design life of the facilities

13.I.3.6

Design regional subsidence: elevation change to be used in design to
account for regional subsidence at project site for the design life of the
facilities

13.I.3.7

Discussion of expected settlement over the design life of the facilities

13.I.4 Tornados
PROVIDE details on the facilities design being proposed to handle potential
tornados. Include information to confirm why and how the overall project (LNG storage
tanks and critical equipment, cryogenic transfer piping; primary and emergency electrical
power; boil-off gas compression; and control systems) would adequately withstand
conditions from potential tornados. Describe the design wind speeds (both sustained and
3-second gust) with their design basis for all LNG facilities, including LNG containers,
LNG containers with capacities less than 70,000 gallons, and all other equipment. Supply
an all-inclusive list of facilities (structures, systems, equipment and components) that
would be designed for these wind speeds. Include the codes or standards that were used to
convert the design wind speeds into design forces for each wind speed situation. In
addition, for each wind speed and situation, include the wind importance factor, allowable
stress design (ASD) and Strength Load Combinations, Load Factors and permitted
allowable stress increase factors consistent with the codes and standards to be used for
design. Indicate the wind-borne debris with their wind speed that would be designed
against. Indicate the procedures that will be used to evaluate whether the design of LNG
facilities is adequate. Include the historical or scientific basis for wind conditions used as
Commission Staff Guidance

13-122

February 2017

design criteria. Compare with 100- and 500-, 1,000-, and 10,000-year return period
elevations and wind speeds for Enhanced Fujita (EF) Categories 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 tornados.
13.I.4.1

Wind speed design basis and criteria

13.I.4.2

Identification of design wind speeds (sustained and 3-second gusts) and
corresponding return periods, and wind importance factors for all
structures, systems, and components

13.I.4.3

Comparision of design tornado wind speeds (sustained and 3-second
gusts) with tornado wind speeds corresponding to:
13.I.4.3.1
13.I.4.3.2
13.I.4.3.3
13.I.4.3.4

13.I.4.4

10,000-year return period
1,000-year return period
500-year return period
100-year return period

Discussion of wind speeds (sustained and 3-second gusts) and
frequencies of tornados at site location:
13.I.4.4.1

Tornados Category Enhanced Fujita (EF) Category 5 EF5
(>134 mph sustained, >200 mph 3-second gust),

13.I.4.4.2

Tornados Category EF4 (111-134 mph sustained,
166-200 mph 3-second gust),

13.I.4.4.3

Tornados Category EF3 (91-111 mph sustained,
136-166 mph 3-second gust),

13.I.4.4.4

Tornados Category EF2 (75-91
111-135 mph 3-second gust),

mph

sustained,

13.I.4.4.5

Tornados Category EF1
86-110 mph 3-second gust),

(58-74

mph

sustained,

13.I.4.4.6

Tornados Category EF0
65-85 mph 3-second gust).

(44-57

mph

sustained,

Commission Staff Guidance

13-123

February 2017

13.I.5 Floods
PROVIDE details on the facilities design being proposed to handle potential
regional flooding (e.g., site elevation, shoreline stabilization, jetty design and operation,
stormwater management and spill retention). Include information to confirm why and how
the overall project (LNG storage tanks and critical equipment, cryogenic transfer piping;
marine/cargo unloading platforms; primary and emergency electrical power; boil-off gas
compression; and control systems) would adequately withstand conditions from potential
flooding. Describe the streamflows and flood elevations for the project site with their bases
considering Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) flood hazard maps and any
conducted site-specific studies. Include all project elevations for dikes, storm surge walls,
piers, docks, unloading and loading arms and other pier and dock facilities, and other
elevated features of the project, their design basis, and demonstrate how they would
conform to industry and Federal standards and would protect critical equipment or ensure
minimal consequences. Include the historical or scientific basis for flooding conditions
used as design criteria. Compare with 100- and 500-, 1,000-, and 10,000-year return period.
Include in these elevations the effects of sea level rise, regional subsidence, and other timedependent severe natural hazards considering the design life of the facilities.
13.I.5.1

Flood design basis and criteria

13.I.5.2

Identification of stream flows and flood design elevations and
corresponding return periods for all structures, systems, and
components

13.I.5.3

Comparison of design stream flows and flood elevations with stream
flows and flood elevations corresponding to:
13.I.5.3.1
13.I.5.3.2
13.I.5.3.3
13.I.5.3.4

10,000-year return period
1,000-year return period
500-year return period
100-year return period

13.I.5.4

Discussion of streamflows and flood elevations and frequencies of
floods and other natural hazards at site location

13.I.5.5

Design sea level rise: Provide elevation change to be used in design to
account for sea level rise at project site for the design life of the facilities

13.I.5.6

Design regional subsidence: Provide elevation change to be used in
design to account for regional subsidence at project site for the design
life of the facilities

13.I.5.7

Discussion of expected settlement over the design life of the facilities

Commission Staff Guidance

13-124

February 2017

13.I.6 Rain, Ice, and Snow
PROVIDE details on the facilities design being proposed to handle potential rain,
ice, and snow (e.g., site elevation, tank and equipment design loads, jetty design and
operation, stormwater management and spill retention). Include information to confirm
why and how the overall project (LNG storage tanks and critical equipment, cryogenic
transfer piping; marine/cargo unloading platforms; primary and emergency electrical
power; boil-off gas compression; and control systems) would adequately withstand rain,
freezing rain, ice, and snow. Describe the design loads and stormwater and snowfall
management for the project site with their design basis, considering hazard maps and any
conducted site-specific studies. Include all project elevations for dikes, storm surge walls,
piers, docks, unloading and loading arms and other pier and dock facilities, and other
elevated features of the project, their design basis, and demonstrate how they would
conform to industry and Federal standards, including 49 CFR Part 193 for rainfall removal
for impoundments, and would protect critical equipment or ensure minimal consequences.
Include the historical or scientific basis for rain, ice, and snow conditions used as design
criteria. Compare with 100- and 500-, 1,000-, and 10,000-year return periods.
13.I.6.1

Rain, ice, and snow design basis and criteria

13.I.6.2

Identification of stormwater flows, outfalls, and stormwater
management systems for all surfaces, including spill containment
system sump pumps

13.I.6.3

Identification of snow and ice loads and corresponding return periods
for all structures, systems, and components, including snow removal for
spill containment systems

13.I.6.4

Comparision of design rain, ice, and snow events with rainfall rates,
snow, and ice loads corresponding to:
13.I.6.4.1
13.I.6.4.2
13.I.6.4.3
13.I.6.4.4

13.I.6.5

10,000-year return period
1,000-year return period
500-year return period
100-year return period

Discussion of ice and snow and frequencies of blizzards and other ice
and snow events at site location.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-125

February 2017

13.I.7 Other Natural Hazards
PROVIDE details on the facilities design being proposed to handle other potential
natural hazards (e.g., site elevation, tank and equipment design loads, jetty design and
operation, stormwater management and spill retention). Include information to confirm
why and how the overall project would adequately withstand other natural hazards, such
as landslides, wildfires, volcanic activity, and geomagnetism. Describe the design loads
(e.g. landslides, volcanic ash, etc.) and management for the project site with their design
basis, considering hazard maps and any conducted site-specific studies. Include all project
elevations for dikes, storm surge walls, piers, docks, unloading and loading arms and other
pier and dock facilities, and other elevated features of the project, their design basis, and
demonstrate how they would conform to industry and Federal standards and would protect
critical equipment or ensure minimal consequences. Include the historical or scientific
basis used as design criteria. Compare with 100- and 500-, 1,000-, and 10,000-year return
period.
13.I.7.1

Design basis and criteria

13.I.7.2

Identification of loads and corresponding return periods for all
structures, systems, and components

13.I.7.3

Comparison of design loads with loads corresponding to:
13.I.7.3.1
13.I.7.3.2
13.I.7.3.3
13.I.7.3.4

13.I.7.4

10,000-year return period
1,000-year return period
500-year return period
100-year return period

Discussion of natural hazards and frequencies of natural hazards at site
location.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-126

February 2017

13.J

APPENDIX 13.J, SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS, AND
FOUNDATION DESIGN 119

13.J.1 Topographic Map
PROVIDE a topographic map with 1- to 2-foot contours showing the current and
proposed elevations of the site location.
13.J.2 Bathymetric Chart
PROVIDE a bathymetric chart showing the current and proposed bathymetry of the
shipping channel and berthing area and also indicate the type of harbor bottom.
13.J.3 Climatic Data
PROVIDE the data and analysis used to support the climatic conditions for the site
and along the shipping channel.
13.J.4 Geotechnical Investigation
PROVIDE a geotechnical investigation and foundation recommendation report.
The scope of field investigation should be developed so that it is adequate for FEED-level
design. Pre-FEED investigations may not be adequate for the geotechnical report. The
boring/cone penetration test (CPT)/testing in the following sections are provided as
guidelines for typical LNG projects. Depending on the site conditions or soils encountered,
some type of investigations, such as CPTs in dense gravelly soils or rock coring at soil
sites, may not be needed
Typically a minimum of 5 borings/CPTs should be performed at each LNG tank
location. In each Liquefaction Train area and other process areas the borings/CPTs should
be spaced at a minimum of 200 to 300 foot spacing. It is suggested that a proposed
boring/CPT plan be submitted to FERC for review prior to undertaking the field
investigation. Geotechnical information should be supplied that is needed to establish the
Site Class in accordance with Chapters 11 and 20 of ASCE 7-05. Evaluations should also
be supplied that predict how the geotechnical information will change for any ground
improvement options that are recommended in the report. Site Classes should be
determined and supplied for all Seismic Category II and III structures at the site based on
Chapters 11 and 20 of ASCE 7-05 for the various ground improvement options that are
included in the report. Subsidence due to earthquake, ground water, and oil withdrawal
should also be evaluated. Presence of poor or unusual soil conditions, such as highly
compressible or highly expansive soils, corrosive soils, collapsible soils, erodible soils,
liquefaction-susceptible soils, frost-heave susceptible soils, frozen soils, or sanitary landfill
119

18 CFR §380.12(m), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(15).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-127

February 2017

etc. should be identified and remedial measures including ground improvement methods
should be recommended, if such soils are present. See Attachment 6 for more details. The
geotechnical investigation should include the applicable tests conducted and results for the
following:
13.J.4.1

Geotechnical data
13.J.4.1.1
13.J.4.1.2
13.J.4.1.3
13.J.4.1.4
13.J.4.1.5
13.J.4.1.6
13.J.4.1.7
13.J.4.1.8

13.J.4.2

Soil identification tests
13.J.4.2.1
13.J.4.2.2
13.J.4.2.3
13.J.4.2.4
13.J.4.2.5

13.J.4.3

Direct shear
Unconfined compression
Pocket penetrometer
Torvane
Triaxial

Compressibility tests
13.J.4.4.1
13.J.4.4.2
13.J.4.4.3

13.J.4.5

Moisture content
Dry density
Gradation
Plasticity index
Specific gravity

Strength tests
13.J.4.3.1
13.J.4.3.2
13.J.4.3.3
13.J.4.3.4
13.J.4.3.5

13.J.4.4

Soil borings
Standard penetration tests
Rock coring
Test pits
Cone penetration tests
Seismic refraction
Downhole/crosshole seismic velocity measurements
Other in-situ measurements.

Consolidation
Expansion index
Collapse potential

Corrosivity tests
13.J.4.5.1
13.J.4.5.2
13.J.4.5.3
13.J.4.5.4
13.J.4.5.5

Commission Staff Guidance

pH
Electrical resistivity
Stray electrical ground currents
Sulfates
Chlorides
13-128

February 2017

13.J.4.5.6

Recommended mitigation for corrosive soils

13.J.4.6

California Bearing Ratio (CBR)/ R-value.

13.J.4.7

Site surface conditions
13.J.4.7.1
13.J.4.7.2
13.J.4.7.3
13.J.4.7.4

13.J.4.8

Site elevations
Overall relief
Topography
Drainage

Site subsurface conditions
13.J.4.8.1
13.J.4.8.2
13.J.4.8.3
13.J.4.8.4

Groundwater conditions
Soils/rock layer description
Geotechnical cross-sections
Representative soil parameters.

13.J.5 Foundation Recommendations
PROVIDE a foundation recommendations report for each major foundation type,
including foundation recommendations for buildings, tanks, re-gasification facilities,
liquefaction facilities, containment berms, flood protection walls / berms, power generation
equipment, walls including mechanically stabilized earth (MSE) walls, pipe supports, and
other foundations and foundation loading. Provide a summary of anticipated range of
foundation sizes for major equipment and structures along with cross sections and plan
views of proposed project protective berms and walls. The foundation recommendation
report should discuss and provide recommendations for ground improvement.
Recommendations should be provided for pavement design for both asphalt and Portland
cement concrete pavements for the plant. Effects of ground improvements on soil
properties, liquefaction and lateral spreading, and seismic ground motions should be
addressed. Structures where total liquefaction settlement is greater than 3 inches should be
supported on piles designed for down-drag due to settlement; or be designed to mitigate
the liquefaction hazard by ground improvement; or a combination of both. Evaluations of
both static and seismic stability, including effects of dredged slopes should be provided for
the stability of the tanks, storm surge walls and berms, and other safety related structures.
The foundation recommendations should address the applicable items for the following:
13.J.5.1

Shallow foundation
13.J.5.1.1
13.J.5.1.2
13.J.5.1.3
13.J.5.1.4
13.J.5.1.5

Commission Staff Guidance

Ultimate bearing capacity
Factor of safety
Allowable bearing capacity
Settlement criteria
Mat foundations
13-129

February 2017

13.J.5.1.6
13.J.5.1.7
13.J.5.1.8
13.J.5.1.9
13.J.5.2

Deep foundation
13.J.5.2.1
13.J.5.2.2
13.J.5.2.3
13.J.5.2.4
13.J.5.2.5
13.J.5.2.6
13.J.5.2.7
13.J.5.2.8
13.J.5.2.9

13.J.5.3

Axial pile capacity
Lateral pile capacity
Group effects
Settlement of pile groups
Lateral movement of pile groups
Pile installation
Load tests
Dynamic pile testing
Indicator pile and load test programs

Details of applicable ground improvement options being considered,
such as:
13.J.5.3.1
13.J.5.3.2
13.J.5.3.3
13.J.5.3.4
13.J.5.3.5
13.J.5.3.6

13.J.5.4

Total and differential settlements
Liquefaction settlements
Settlement monitoring
Lateral resistance

Surcharge
Stone columns
Vibroflotation
Soil-cement columns
Dynamic compaction
Other types of ground improvement

Slope stability
13.J.5.4.1
13.J.5.4.2

Calculation of static and seismic stability
Safety factor

13.J.6 Structural Design Basis and Criteria
PROVIDE a structural design basis and criteria document that compiles and
summarizes the structural design criteria to be used in the design of structures (including
non-building structures) and their foundations. The structural design basis and criteria
document should include the severe natural hazard loading parameters to be used, the ASD
and strength load combinations, load factors and permitted ASD allowable increases. The
document should also include the acceptance criteria to be used to determine an acceptable
design. Reference should be made to other design basis documents in Appendix 13.B and
natural hazard design criteria documents in Appendix 13.I.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-130

February 2017

13.J.7 Foundation and Support Drawings and Calculations
PROVIDE a foundation and support drawings. Preliminary design drawings and
structural calculations should be provided for the LNG tanks, containment structures and
their proposed foundations. Particular attention should be given to providing a physical
description of the storage tanks and impounding systems, including plan and section views
in sufficient detail to define the primary structural aspects. If the bottom of the tank is steel
and the surface is not continuous, the method of anchorage of the steel shell walls to the
concrete base slab should be described. Other major structural attachments should also be
described. At a minimum, the foundation and support drawings and calculations should
include:
13.J.7.1
13.J.7.2
13.J.7.3
13.J.7.4
13.J.7.5

Typical foundation drawings
Equipment support drawings
Static stability calculations
Seismic stability calculations
Settlement calculations

Commission Staff Guidance

13-131

February 2017

13.K APPENDIX 13.K, MARINE SYSTEMS 120
13.K.1 Marine Facility Drawings
PROVIDE marine facility drawings. At a minimum, the marine facility drawings
should include:
13.K.1.1
13.K.1.2
13.K.1.3
13.K.1.4
13.K.1.5
13.K.1.6
13.K.1.7
13.K.1.8

120

Marine platform layout
Berthing layout
Mooring arrangements
Jetty to marine platform layout
Jetty to marine platform elevations showing high and low water levels
Platform piling plan and section
Trestle piping plan
Pipe trestle sections and details

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-132

February 2017

13.L APPENDIX 13.L, LNG TANK INFORMATION 121
13.L.1 LNG Tank Specifications
PROVIDE a complete specification of the proposed LNG tank and foundation
system. In the event that the LNG tank supplier has not been selected, the LNG tank
specifications should include all details of the design that the selected tank supplier would
be required to incorporate.
13.L.2 LNG Tank Drawings.
PROVIDE preliminary LNG tank drawings with dimensions. At a minimum, the
LNG tank drawings should include:
13.L.2.1
13.L.2.2
13.L.2.3
13.L.2.4
13.L.2.5
13.L.2.6
13.L.2.7
13.L.2.8
13.L.2.9
13.L.2.10
13.L.2.11
13.L.2.12
13.L.2.13
13.L.2.14
13.L.2.15
13.L.2.16
13.L.2.17

Overall tank drawing with dimensions and design data
Foundations and piles
Elevation section
Insulation systems
Corner thermal protection
Piping penetrations and schedule of openings
Piping support structure
Tank roof spill containment and protection
Tank base spill protection
Top and bottom fill piping
In-tank pump column and support arrangement
Relief valve and discharge orientation
Temperature sensors and locations
Foundation heating system
Inclinometer
Cathodic protection
LNG level and density instruments

13.L.3 LNG Tank and Foundation Structural Design
PROVIDE preliminary structural design drawings and calculation for the LNG tank
and foundation system considering both wind and seismic loadings.

121

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(9), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-133

February 2017

13.M APPENDIX 13.M, PIPING, VESSEL, EQUIPMENT, AND BUILDINGS 122
13.M.1 Piping and Valve List*
PROVIDE a list of piping and valves with design conditions. Design conditions
should include; P&ID reference, line connection (from and to), diameter, fluid service,
fluid phase, design density, flow, pressure, and temperature conditions, insulation, material
of construction, corrosion allowance, leak test pressure and medium, and whether the line
would be designed to withstand full vacuum, and any special notes or features (e.g. pipe in
pipe, PWHT).
13.M.2 Tie-in List*
PROVIDE a list of all tie-in points to existing piping.
13.M.3 Equipment List
PROVIDE a list of equipment with anticipated design conditions. Design
conditions should be appropriate for the type of equipment and should include as
applicable: design pressure and temperature conditions, equipment dimensions, corrosion
allowance, rated and normal flow capacity, rated and normal heating capacity, heat transfer
area, and motor horsepower or voltage.
13.M.4 Equipment Process, Mechanical, and Thermal Data Sheets
PROVIDE equipment process, mechanical, and thermal data sheets for each
equipment item.
13.M.5 Manufacturer’s Data
PROVIDE typical manufacturer’s information for major process equipment items.
Where more than one manufacturer is under consideration and meets specifications, the
equipment specifications and design data need not be repeated.
13.M.6 List of Buildings and Structures
PROVIDE a list of buildings and structures. At a minimum, include a description
of the building or structure, dimensions, occupancy, and any special features, such as
HVAC shutdowns, pressurization, blast resistance, or fire resistance.

122

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-134

February 2017

13.M.7 Building Siting Analysis
PROVIDE an analysis of the location of occupied buildings and housing relative
to hazards. At a minimum, the analysis should evaluate permanent and
temporary/construction buildings and structures (e.g., API 752 and API 753).
13.M.8 Building Drawings
PROVIDE preliminary plans for the proposed buildings and structures. At a
minimum, the drawings should include:
13.M.8.1

Preliminary building plan and elevation drawings

Commission Staff Guidance

13-135

February 2017

13.N APPENDIX 13.N, ELECTRICAL DESIGN INFORMATION 123
13.N.1 Electrical Load List
PROVIDE a list of anticipated power requirements for equipment for each
operating mode.
13.N.2 Transformer List
PROVIDE list of transformers with tag number, size, and location
13.N.3 Single Line Drawings
PROVIDE single line drawings for power distribution and emergency load supply
and distribution
13.N.3.1
13.N.3.2

Single line drawings power distribution
Single line drawings of emergency load supply and distribution

13.N.4 UPS Drawings
PROVIDE a UPS distribution block diagram.
13.N.4.1

UPS distribution block diagram

13.N.5 Electrical Area Classification Drawings
PROVIDE overall plan drawings, area plan drawings, and elevation drawings
depicting the electrical area classifications for Class 1, Division 1 and Class 1, Division 2.
Elevation drawings should be provided for pipe racks, flammable fluid storage tanks, major
pieces of equipment, and impoundments.
13.N.5.1
13.N.5.2
13.N.5.3

Electrical area classification overall plan drawing
Electrical area classification area plan drawings
Electrical area classification elevation drawings

13.N.6 Electrical Seal Drawings
PROVIDE typical drawings of the electrical pass through seal and vents for
services such as pumps/expanders and instrumentation.
13.N.6.1

123

Electrical pass-through seal drawings

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(11), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-136

February 2017

13.O APPENDIX 13.O, PLANS AND PROCEDURES 124
13.O.1 Management of Change Procedures and Forms*
PROVIDE a description of the management of change (MOC) system, review
process, and sample forms used during final design and construction. PROVIDE MOC
procedures and sample forms for changes after operation of the project has commenced.*
13.O.2 QA/QC Plans and Procedures*
PROVIDE a description of the quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC)
system used during construction*
13.O.3 Commissioning Plans*
PROVIDE a description of the plans and procedures to achieve a safe and
successful startup. These procedures should reference the schedule in Appendix 13.A.5.7.
At a minimum, the plans should detail key activities such as:

124

13.O.3.1

Roles and responsibilities of commissioning teams

13.O.3.2

Production of documentation (e.g., operating manuals, maintenance
manuals, training manuals, testing procedures, etc.)

13.O.3.3

Testing the integrity of on-site mechanical installation (e.g., tightness,
pressure testings, leak tests, etc.)

13.O.3.4

Functional tests for hazard detectors, instrumentation, ESD systems,
DCS, SIS, etc.

13.O.3.5

Pre-startup safety reviews

13.O.3.6

Approval for introduction of hazardous fluids following
purging/cleanout, dry out, inerting of process systems, and cooldown
plans

13.O.3.7

Demonstration/performance tests

13.O.3.8

Placing facilities into service

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-137

February 2017

13.O.4 Operating Plans and Procedures*
PROVIDE the operating plans and procedures that include a description of each
system, startup procedures, details control and operation of each system, safe shutdown,
emergency shutdown, abnormal operations, etc. These plans should reference applicable
drawings and plant documents.
13.O.5 Maintenance Plans and Procedures*
PROVIDE a description of the maintenance plans that includes procedures for
corrective, preventive, predictive maintenance, and mechanical integrity to ensure
equipment is installed and maintained to design specifications and is consistent with
manufacturer’s instructions. The maintenance plans and procedures should include
isolation procedures, deinventorying, purging practices and procedures, cold and hot tap
procedures, and other associated plans, practices, and procedures.
13.O.6 Safety Procedures*
PROVIDE a description of the applicable safety procedures at the plant such as
safe work permits, hot work permits, lockout/tagout, car seal philosophy, near misses,
Incident investigations, etc. The plans should include details on how the plant would
monitor contractor access and activities.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-138

February 2017

13.P APPENDIX 13.P, PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION 125
13.P.1 Instrument Lists
PROVIDE an instrument index for all facilities. At a minimum, the instrument list
should include:
13.P.1.1
13.P.1.2
13.P.1.3
13.P.1.4
13.P.1.5
13.P.1.6
13.P.1.7
13.P.1.8
13.P.1.9
13.P.1.10
13.P.1.11
13.P.1.12
13.P.1.13
13.P.1.14
13.P.1.15

P&ID reference
Instrument tag number
Measurement (e.g., flow, temperature, pressure, composition, etc.)
Location (e.g., local, PLC, DCS, SIS, etc.)
I/O Type (e.g., AI, DO, etc.)*
Signal range (e.g., 4-20mA, 0-100 ohm, etc.)*
Loop Fluid Service
Instrument Range*
Calibration*
Alarm set points*
Shutdown set points*
Voting logic
Voting degradation logic*
Safety Integrity Level (SIL)*
Notes

13.P.2 System Architecture drawings
PROVIDE system architecture drawings of all facilities. At a minimum, the system
architecture drawings should include:
13.P.2.1
13.P.2.2
13.P.2.3
13.P.2.4

125

HMIs
CPUs
RIEs
JBs

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(5),
18 CFR §380.12(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-139

February 2017

13.Q APPENDIX 13.Q, SAFETY INSTRUMENTED SYSTEMS AND SHUT-OFF
VALVES 126
13.Q.1 Cause & Effect Matrices
PROVIDE cause and effect matrices. The cause and effect matrices should indicate
all alarm, shutdown, and hazard control activations with set points and voting logic:
13.Q.1.1
13.Q.1.2

ESD cause and effect matrices
FGS cause and effect matrices

13.Q.2 Block Diagrams
PROVIDE block diagrams for the DCS, SIS, and FGS:
13.Q.2.1
13.Q.2.2
13.Q.2.3

DCS block diagrams
SIS block diagram
FGS block diagram

13.Q.3 List of Shutoff Valves
PROVIDE a list of the emergency shutdown (ESD) valves. At a minimum, the list
should include:
13.Q.3.1
13.Q.3.2
13.Q.3.3
13.Q.3.4
13.Q.3.5
13.Q.3.6
13.Q.3.7
13.Q.3.8
13.Q.3.9

P&ID reference
Interlock tag and/or ESD designation
Shutoff valve tag number
Shutoff valve type
Shutoff valve actuator type
Shutoff valve fail position
Shutoff valve leakage class
Shutoff valve actuation/closure time*
Special features required (e.g., fire safe)

13.Q.4 Drawing of ESD Manual Activation Devices
PROVIDE a layout showing the locations of ESD manual activation devices.
13.Q.5 Shutoff Valve Manufacturer’s Data
PROVIDE typical manufacturer's specifications, drawings, and literature on the
fail-safe shut-off valves and actuators.

126

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3), 18 CFR §380.12(5),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(8), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-140

February 2017

13.R APPENDIX 13.R, RELIEF VALVES AND FLARE/VENT SYSTEMS 127
13.R.1 Relief Valves Capacities and Sizing
PROVIDE a list and calculation sheets* of the vacuum and pressure relief valves.
At a minimum, the list and calculation sheets should include:
13.R.1.1
13.R.1.2
13.R.1.3
13.R.1.4
13.R.1.5
13.R.1.6
13.R.1.7
13.R.1.8
13.R.1.9
13.R.1.10

P&ID reference
Relief valve tag number
Relief valve service
Relief valve type*
Relief valve size
Relief valve capacity
Relief valve set point
Relief valve discharge location*
Relief valve leakage class*
Special features required (e.g., fire safe)

13.R.2 Flaring Load and Venting Capacities and Sizing
PROVIDE a list and calculation sheets of the flares and vents. At a minimum, the
list and calculation sheets should detail:
13.R.2.1
13.R.2.2
13.R.2.3
13.R.2.4
13.R.2.5
13.R.2.6
13.R.2.7
13.R.2.8
13.R.2.9

127

Criteria for sizing
Capacity case description
Capacity case load
Capacity calculations
Sizing case description
Sizing case load
Sizing calculations
Flare radiant heats and sound at ground level and nearby structures,
Vent concentrations at ground level and nearby elevated ignition sources

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(3), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(8),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-141

February 2017

13.S APPENDIX 13.S,
PROTECTION 128

SPILL,

TOXIC,

FIRE,

AND

EXPLOSION

13.S.1 Preliminary Fire Protection Evaluation
PROVIDE the preliminary fire protection evaluation according to incorporated
editions of NFPA 59A Standards. This evaluation should support the design of the hazard
detection and control systems.
13.S.2 Spill Containment Matrix
PROVIDE a matrix of all spill containment impoundments with sizing spill and
volumetric capacity. The sizing spill should demonstrate the ability to contain the largest
vessel serving the impoundment and the largest flow from any single pipe for 10 minutes
and should account for pump runout and piping deinventory. Fire water used to cool
adjacent equipment should also be accounted for if it can discharge into the same
impoundment. At a minimum, the spill containment matrix should include:
13.S.2.1
13.S.2.2
13.S.2.3
13.S.2.4
13.S.2.5
13.S.2.6
13.S.2.7
13.S.2.8
13.S.2.9
13.S.2.10
13.S.2.11
13.S.2.12
13.S.2.13
13.S.2.14
13.S.2.15
13.S.2.16
13.S.2.17

128

LNG marine transfer equipment and piping
Pretreatment equipment and piping (Amine)
Heavies/Condensates removal equipment and piping
Heavies/Condensates storage, equipment, and piping
NGL fractionation equipment and piping
NGL storage, equipment and piping
NGL truck transfer equipment and piping
HTF storage, equipment and piping
Refrigerant truck transfer equipment and piping
Refrigerant storage, equipment, and piping
Liquefaction process equipment and piping
LNG storage, equipment, and piping
LNG truck transfer equipment and piping
LNG pumps and piping
Liquid nitrogen storage, equipment, and piping
Diesel storage, equipment and piping
Other hazardous fluid storage and piping

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(2) thru (4), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(10),
18 CFR §380.12(o)(14).

Commission Staff Guidance

13-142

February 2017

13.S.3 Spill Containment Drawings and Calculations
PROVIDE drawings clearly showing the location of each spill containment system,
direction of flow, material of construction, and the equipment served by each system. At a
minimum, the drawings should show all curbing, grading, trenches, troughs, down comers,
impoundments, sumps, dikes, water removal systems. It may be necessary to provide
separate drawings for each process area and show underground to aboveground transitions
of piping.
13.S.3.1

Spill containment plan drawings

13.S.3.2

Spill containment cross sections and details

13.S.3.3

Impoundment usable volumetric capacity calculations, including
volume of largest containers contained by impoundment and largest
flow rates and durations for piping (inventory and runout) contained by
impoundment

13.S.3.4

Trench/trough volumetric flow capacity calculations

13.S.3.5

Downcomers volumetric flow capacity calculations

13.S.3.6

Storm water drainage calculations

13.S.4 Passive Protection Drawings
PROVIDE unit plot plan drawings clearly showing the location of each passive
protection system. At a minimum, the passive protection drawings should include:
13.S.4.1

Passive cryogenic structural protection drawings

13.S.4.2

Passive fire structural protection drawings

13.S.4.3

Passive blast structural protection drawings

13.S.4.4

Other passive protection drawings (e.g. vapor barriers, firewalls, and
radiant heat shields)

13.S.5 Hazard Detection Matrix
PROVIDE a matrix of all detection equipment with tag number, location,
elevation*, detector type, calibration gas*, set points for alarms, shutdowns, and automatic
activations of hazard control or fire water equipment. At a minimum, the matrix should
include:
13.S.5.1

Hazard zones

Commission Staff Guidance

13-143

February 2017

13.S.5.2
13.S.5.3
13.S.5.4
13.S.5.5
13.S.5.6
13.S.5.7
13.S.5.8
13.S.5.9

Low temperature detectors
Oxygen deficiency detectors
Toxic detectors
Flammable and combustible gas detectors
High temperature and heat detectors
Smoke/products of combustion detectors
Fire detectors
Other hazard detectors (e.g., acoustic leak detectors, CCTV detectors,
carbon monoxide, etc.)

13.S.6 Hazard Detection Drawings
PROVIDE a layout of the hazard detection system showing the location of low
temperature detectors, toxic gas detectors, oxygen deficiency detectors, combustible-gas
detectors, fire detectors, heat detectors, smoke or products of combustion detectors, and
manual pull stations. Separate plot plans should be created where necessary to provide
clarity. In addition, PROVIDE a drawing showing all combustion/ventilation air intake
equipment, the detectors covering the air intake and the distances to any possible
hydrocarbon release (LNG, flammable refrigerants, flammable liquids and flammable
gases).
13.S.6.1
13.S.6.2
13.S.6.3
13.S.6.4

Zones
Hazard detector layout plans
Manual pull stations
Combustion/ventilation air intake locations

13.S.7 Hazard Control Matrix
PROVIDE a matrix of hazard control equipment. At a minimum, the matrix should
include tag number, location and area covered, type, size, discharge flow rates, activation,
or remote control capabilities and manufacturer/model* for all dry chemical equipment.
The matrix should provide similar information for other types of hazard control systems
used at the site.
13.S.8 Hazard Control Drawings
PROVIDE a detailed layout of the hazard control system showing the type of unit
and the area of coverage. The legend should indicate the type of each unit and the quantity
of suppressant.
13.S.8.1
13.S.8.2

Dry chemical equipment and other systems location plans
Dry chemical equipment and other systems coverage plans

Commission Staff Guidance

13-144

February 2017

13.S.9 Fire Water Matrix
PROVIDE tag number, location and area covered, type, size, discharge
conditions, activation, or remote control capabilities and manufacturer/model* for all fire
water equipment including deluge systems, sprinklers, high expansion foam systems,
monitors, hydrants, and hose stations.
13.S.10 Fire Water Drawings and Calculations
PROVIDE drawings and calculations of the fire water system. Drawings should
include P&IDs, system and equipment layouts, and coverage plans. Calculations should
include firewater demand calculations based on the most demanding scenarios using
minimum water densities that mitigate the hazard and hydraulic calculations for the most
hydraulically demanding scenarios*. The layout of the fire protection system should show
the location of fire water pumps, piping, hydrants, hose reels, high and low expansion foam
systems, deluge systems, sprinkler systems, water mist systems, water screens, and other
fire water-based systems and auxiliary or appurtenant service facilities. The plan drawings
should show the fire water supply, the sizing of the fire water mains, and how they are
arranged in either a loop or grid system throughout the site. Isolation valves to allow water
flow in case a portion of the system is damaged should be shown. They should also show
monitors, hydrants, hose stations and post indicator valves. Coverage areas for each system
should be clearly depicted showing the coverage circle. Where buildings, or equipment
block the line of sight of the monitor the non-covered area should be indicated.
13.S.10.1
13.S.10.2
13.S.10.3

Fire water P&IDs
Fire water piping and equipment layout
Fire water coverage plans

Commission Staff Guidance

13-145

February 2017

13.T APPENDIX 13.T, TECHNOLOGY, PROCESS,
SELECTION AND ALTERNATIVES 129

AND

EQUIPMENT

13.T.1 Design Studies and Alternatives
PROVIDE copies of company, engineering firm, or consultant studies that show
the engineering planning or design approach to the construction of new facilities or plants.
Include studies that support a design decision such as selecting a specific type of equipment
where other alternatives were available. Studies that were used to develop unique design
features that differ from currently operating facilities should also be supported. Alternative
processes, technologies, and equipment that should be considered and evaluated include,
but are not limited to, the following:

129
130

13.T.1.1

LNG Storage Tanks: Single, membrane, double, and full containment
above-ground or below-ground LNG storage tank designs, including
any LNG Storage Tank Risk Assessment Studies (e.g., API 625),
Security Vulnerability Assessments 130, or other studies that led to the
proposed selection

13.T.1.2

Vents/Flares: Derrick mounted or guy-wired elevated or vent stacks or
flares, and ground flare designs, including any visual impact analyses,
flare radiation analyses, maintainability studies, or other studies that led
to the proposed selection

13.T.1.3

Vaporization: Ambient air vaporizers, shell and tube, or submerged
combustion vaporizer designs, including any emission studies, fog
dispersion studies, reliability studies, or other studies that led to the
proposed selection

13.T.1.4

Liquefaction: Pre-cooled single mixed refrigerant, cascade, single
mixed refrigerant, nitrogen expansion cycle, or other liquefaction
systems, including any efficiency studies, or other studies that led to the
proposed selection

13.T.1.5

Inherently safer refrigerants and intermediate heat transfer fluids, such
as ethane versus ethylene in mixed refrigerant cycle, anhydrous
ammonia versus propane as a pre-cooler refrigerant, or water ethylene
glycol versus water propylene glycol mixtures for an intermediate heat

18 CFR §380.12(m)(1), 18 CFR §380.12(m)(3) thru (5), 18 CFR §380.12(o)(7).
Security Threat and Vulnerability Information prepared for or submitted to Coast Guard in accordance with
33 CFR §105.305 or prepared for or submitted to Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in accordance with
6 CFR §27.215 may satisfy Security Threat and Vulnerability Analyses in Appendix 13.G.8. This material may
include Critical Energy Infrastructure Information (CEII), Security Sensitive Information (SSI), or ChemicalTerrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) and must comply with all applicable regulations.

Commission Staff Guidance

13-146

February 2017

transfer fluid, including any hazard analyses, efficiency studies, or other
studies that led to the proposed selection
13.T.1.6

Transformers: Dry type transformers versus liquid insulated
transformers, including hazard analyses, or other studies that led to the
proposed selection

13.T.1.7

Motors: Electric motor driven equipment and associated power lines
and offsite power generation versus combustion engines or turbines
with various emission control technologies and/or onsite power
generation, including emission studies, reliability studies, or other
studies that led to the proposed selection

13.T.1.8

Water Supply: Water storage/supply and use for potable, utility,
firefighting water, including reliability studies, or other studies that led
to the proposed selection

Commission Staff Guidance

13-147

February 2017

ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT 1 – TYPICAL COST-INFLUENCE CURVE OF A LNG FACILITY AND FERC REVIEW

Cost-Influence Curve

Influence

Influence

Conceptual/Business
Development

FERC
Prefiling and
Application
Review

FERC
Final/Detailed
Design and
Construction
Review

FERC
Commissioning
Cooldown/ Startup
Review

FERC
Operational
Review

FEED

Detailed Design

Construction

Operation

Project Phase

Commission Staff Guidance

A-1

Februrary 2017

Cost

Cost

ATTACHMENT 2 – EQUIPMENT DATA TABLE
A. Process Pumps
1. Type
2. Number, operating and spare
3. Operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), gpm
4. Operating and design duties (minimum, normal, maximum), MMBtu/h
5. Operating and design suction pressures (minimum/net positive suction head [NPSH], normal/rated,
maximum), psig
6. Operating and design suction temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F
7. Operating and design discharge pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig
8. Operating and design discharge temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum/shutoff), °F
9. Operating and design densities (minimum, normal, maximum), specific gravity

B. Compressors and Blowers
1. Type
2. Number, operating and spare
3. Operating and design flow rate capacities (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), MMscfd
4. Operating and design suction pressures (minimum/net positive suction head [NPSH], normal/rated,
maximum), psig
5. Operating and design suction temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F
6. Operating and design discharge pressures (minimum, normal/rated, maximum/shutoff), psig
7. Operating and design discharge temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum/shutoff), °F
8. Operating and design densities (minimum, normal/rated, maximum), specific gravity

C. Gas Purification Systems
1. Type
2. Operating and design inlet flow rate capacities (minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd or lb/hr
3. Operating and design inlet compositions (minimum/lean/light, normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), %-vol or ppm
4. Operating and design inlet pressures (minimum, normal, maximum), psig
5. Operating and design inlet temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F
6. Operating and design outlet product flow rates (minimum, normal, maximum), MMscfd or lb/hr
(gpm for NGLs and Condensates)
7. Operating and design outlet compositions (minimum/lean/light, normal/design/average,
maximum/rich/heavy), %-vol or ppm
8. Operating and design outlet pressures (minimum, normal, maximum), psig
9. Operating and design outlet temperatures (minimum, normal, maximum), °F

Commission Staff Guidance

A-2

Februrary 2017

ATTACHMENT 3 – SAMPLE SEISMIC GROUND MOTION HAZARD
EVALUATION CONTENTS
1.

General

A seismic ground motion hazard analysis study should be performed to determine
the site-specific OBE and SSE ground motions in accordance with 49 CFR Part 193 and
the incorporated NFPA 59A requirements and to determine the MCE and DE ground
motions in accordance with the incorporated ASCE 7 requirements.
In addition to the specific data needed to support and justify the site-specific ground
motion recommendations, the study should include geologic and seismic data requested in
this Attachment and a discussion of other seismic hazards such as fault rupture, tsunamis,
and seiche.
The geotechnical report should address in detail the following hazards, if present,
and the need for ground improvement to mitigate them: liquefaction potential, liquefactionrelated settlement, potential for sand boils and other surface manifestation of liquefaction,
lateral spreading, seismic slope stability, and seismic compaction. Follow the outline in
Attachment 6.
2.

Geology

In addition to standard geotechnical information needed to develop foundation
recommendations, the additional geologic information requested herein should be provided
in the seismic ground motion hazard study report. Information obtained from published
reports, maps, private communications, or other sources should be referenced. Information
from surveys, geophysical investigations, borings, trenches, or other investigations should
be adequately documented by descriptions of techniques, graphic logs, photographs,
laboratory results, identification of principal investigators, and other data necessary to
assess the adequacy of the information.
2.1

Regional Geology

Discuss all geologic, seismic, and manmade hazards within the site region and relate
them to the regional physiography, tectonic structures and tectonic provinces,
geomorphology, stratigraphy, lithology, and geologic and structural history and
geochronology. This information should be discussed and shown on maps needed to
illustrate actual or potential hazards such as landslides, subsidence, uplift, or collapse
resulting from natural features such as tectonic depressions and cavernous or karst terrains
that are significant to the site.
Identify and describe tectonic structures such as folds, faults, basins, and domes
underlying the region surrounding the site, and include a discussion of their geologic
history. A regional tectonic map showing the structures of significance to the site should
Commission Staff Guidance

A-3

Februrary 2017

be provided. The detailed analyses of faults to determine their capacity for generating
ground motions at the site and to determine the potential for surface faulting should be
included. Refer to Section 3 of this Attachment for additional detail.
Provide geologic profiles showing the relationship of the regional and local geology
to the site location. The geologic province within which the site is located and the relation
to other geologic provinces within 100 miles of the site should be indicated. Regional
geologic maps indicating the site location and showing both surface and bedrock geology
should also be included.
2.2

Site Geology

A site topographic map showing the locations of the principal plant facilities should
be included. Regional hazard identified in Section 2.1, e.g., landslides, should be evaluated
for the site. The thicknesses, physical characteristics, origin, and degree of consolidation
of each lithologic unit should also be described for the site, including a local stratigraphic
column. Furnish summary logs of borings and excavations such as trenches used in the
geologic evaluation. Boring logs included in Attachment 6, Section 2.1, may be referenced.
A detailed discussion of the structural geology in the vicinity of the site should be
provided with particular attention to specific structural units of significance to the site such
as folds, faults, synclines, anticlines, domes, and basins. Provide a large-scale structural
geology map (1:5,000) of the site showing bedrock surface contours and including the
locations of Seismic Category I structures. A large-scale geologic map (1:24,000) of the
region within 5 miles of the site that shows surface geology and that includes the locations
of major structures of the LNG plant, including all Seismic Category I structures,
embankments, and pipelines should be described in detail. Areas of bedrock outcrop from
which geologic interpretation has been extrapolated should be distinguished from areas in
which bedrock is not exposed at the surface. When the interpretation differs substantially
from the published geologic literature on the area, the differences should be noted and
documentation for the new conclusions presented.
Include an evaluation from an engineering-geology standpoint of the local geologic
features that affect the plant structures. Deformational zones such as shears, joints,
fractures, and folds, or combinations of these features should be identified and evaluated
relative to structural foundations. Describe and evaluate zones of alteration or irregular
weathering profiles, zones of structural weakness, unrelieved residual stresses in bedrock,
and all rocks or soils that might be unstable because of their mineralogy or unstable
physical or chemical properties. The effects of man's activities in the area of the site should
be evaluated; for example, withdrawal or addition of subsurface fluids or mineral
extraction. Site groundwater conditions should be described.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-4

February 2017

3.

Faulting

3.1

Investigation of Quaternary Faults

Identified faults, any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, should be
investigated in sufficient detail, using geological and geophysical techniques of sufficient
sensitivity that demonstrate the age of the most recent movement on each. The type and
extent of investigation varies from one geologic province to another and depends on sitespecific conditions.
For Quaternary faults, any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, determine the
following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
3.2

length of the fault;
relationship to regional tectonic structures;
nature, amount, and geologic displacement along the fault; and
outer limits of the fault zone.

Determination of Active Faults

Determine the geologic evidence of fault offset at or near the ground surface at or
near the site. Any lineaments identified on topographic maps, aerial photos, or satellite
imagery linears identified as part of this study should be discussed.
List all historically reported earthquakes that can be reasonably associated with
faults, any part of which is within 5 miles of the site. A plot of earthquake epicenters
superimposed on a map showing the local tectonic structures should be provided.
The structure and genetic relationship between the site area faulting and regional
tectonic framework should be discussed. In tectonically active regions, any detailed
geologic and geophysical investigations conducted to demonstrate the structural
relationships of site area faults with regional faults known to be seismically active should
be discussed.
3.3

Fault Rupture Investigation

A detailed faulting investigation should be conducted within one mile of the storage
tank(s) foundation(s) and, as necessary, along any active faults identified under Section 3.2
of this Attachment that reasonably have a potential for affecting faulting on the site or
provide significant information concerning such faulting. This investigation should be in
sufficient detail to determine the potential for faulting and the magnitude of possible
displacement impacting the safety-related facilities of the plant. The report of the faulting
investigation should be coordinated with the investigation and report under Sections 3.1
and 3.2 of this Attachment and should include information in the form of boring logs,

Commission Staff Guidance

A-5

February 2017

detailed geologic maps, geophysical data, maps and logs of trenches, remote sensing data,
and seismic refraction and reflection data. If faulting exists, it should be defined as to its
attitudes, orientations, width of shear zone, amount and sense of movement, and age of
movements. Site surface and subsurface investigations conducted to determine the absence
of faulting should be reported, including information on the detail and areal extent of the
investigation. The geologic studies included in a Fault Rupture Investigation should
conform to established guidelines such as California Division of Mines and Geology, Note
49 (Ref. 22).
Based on geologic studies, if it is determined that there is a potential for fault rupture
hazard, and the structure is to be located either within 500 feet of a known fault or the
possibility of a fault rupture passing through the proposed structure cannot be excluded,
then seismic fault rupture analysis should be performed. This may include, but not be
limited to magnitude, slip rates and recurrence models, type of fault (e.g., strike slip,
normal), horizontal and vertical components of offset, and style of faulting.
4.

Ground Motions

4.1

Historic Seismicity

A complete list of all historically reported earthquakes affecting the region
surrounding the site should be provided. The listing should include, as a minimum, all
earthquakes of Modified Mercalli Intensity greater than IV or magnitude greater than 3.0.
A map should also be provided that shows all listed earthquake epicenters. The following
information describing each earthquake should be provided whenever it is available:
1)

epicenter coordinates,

2)

depth of focus,

3)

origin time,

4)

highest intensity,

5)

magnitude (including moment magnitude),

6)

source mechanism,

7)

source dimensions,

8)

stress drop,

9)

any strong motion recordings relevant to a determination of the ground
motion or design response spectra, and

10)

references from which the specified information was obtained.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-6

February 2017

In addition, any earthquake-induced geologic hazards (e.g., liquefaction,
landsliding, land spreading, or lurching) that have been reported on or within 5 miles of
the site should be described in detail, including the level of strong motion that induced
failure and the properties of the materials involved.
This discussion should include identification of the methods used to locate the
earthquake epicenters and an estimate of their accuracy.
4.2

Geologic Structures and Tectonic Activity

Identify the regional geologic structures and tectonic activity that are significant in
determining regional earthquake potential. All tectonic provinces any part of which could
govern the design ground motions at the site should be identified. The identification should
include a description of those characteristics of geologic structure, tectonic history, present
and past stress regimes, and seismicity that distinguish the various tectonic provinces and
particular areas within those provinces where historical earthquakes have occurred.
Alternative models of regional tectonic activity from available literature sources should be
discussed. The discussion in this section should be augmented by a regional-scale map
showing the tectonic provinces, earthquake epicenters, the locations of geologic structures
and other features that characterize the provinces, and the locations of any Quaternary
faults.
When an earthquake epicenter cannot be reasonably correlated with geologic
structures, the epicenter should be discussed in relation to tectonic provinces. Subdivision
of tectonic provinces should be supported on the basis of evaluations that consider, but
should not be limited to, detailed seismicity studies, differences in geologic history, and
differences in stress regime.
4.3

Maximum Earthquake Potential

The largest earthquake or earthquakes associated with each geologic structure or
tectonic province should be identified. Where the earthquakes are associated with a
geologic structure, the largest earthquake that could occur on that structure should be
evaluated based on considerations such as the nature of faulting, fault length, fault
displacement, and earthquake history. The largest historical earthquakes within the
province should be identified and, whenever reasonable, the return period for the
earthquakes should be estimated. A table of faults with fault length, type of fault, distance
at closest point to the site, maximum earthquake, etc. should be provided.
4.4

Near-Fault Effects

For each set of conditions describing the occurrence of the maximum potential
earthquakes, determined in Section 5.3 above, the types of seismic waves (such as

Commission Staff Guidance

A-7

February 2017

directivity, fault normal, and fault parallel) producing the maximum ground motion and
the significant frequencies at the site should be determined.
4.5

Determination of Site Class

Site Class definitions are provided in ACSE 7-05 (Chapter 20) or IBC 2006 (Table
1613.5.2). Site classes range from Class A for hard rock to Class F for liquefiable or other
very poor soil conditions. Site Class should be determined by seismic velocity data and
other geotechnical data provided in the geotechnical report in accordance with the
procedure in Sections 1613.5.5 and 1613.5.5.1 of IBC 2006 or Chapter 20 of ASCE 7-05.
4.6

Deterministic Seismic Hazard Analysis

A deterministic seismic hazard analysis should be performed which computes the
peak ground horizontal acceleration and spectral response accelerations for periods of at
least 0.2s and 1.0s from the maximum earthquake on each of the faults found within 100
miles from the site. The computation of the peak acceleration and spectral accelerations is
based on the closest distance between the site and each fault and the selected attenuation
relationships. In general, a minimum of three attenuation relationships should be used
consistent with the geologic and seismic setting of the site and type of faulting. The closest
active fault and the fault generating the maximum acceleration at the site should be
identified. Differences between the selected attenuations and the attenuations used in the
latest USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps should be discussed.
4.7

Probabilistic Hazard Analysis

Probabilistic seismic hazard evaluation involves obtaining, through a formal
mathematical process, the level of ground motion parameters that have a selected
probability of being exceeded during a specified time interval.
The probabilistic approach incorporates the contributions from historical seismicity
and all faults and considers the likelihood of the occurrence of earthquakes at any point on
the fault. It also incorporates the contributions from various magnitude earthquakes up to
and including the maximum earthquake. This approach is described in a number of sources
such as Cornell, 1968 (Ref. 25), Algermissen et al, 1976 (Ref. 27) and Frankel, 1996, 2002
(Ref. 26).
A probabilistic seismic hazard analysis should be performed using at least three
attenuation relationships consistent with the geologic and seismic setting of the site.
Differences between the selected attenuations and the attenuations used in the latest USGS
National Seismic Hazard Maps should be discussed. Based on the site-specific probabilistic
analyses, two levels of site ground motions, the OBE and SSE ground motions should be
developed in accordance with the guidelines provided in Section 5.2 of Part I of this
document.
Commission Staff Guidance

A-8

February 2017

4.8

Code Values of Ground Motions

The code values of ground motions should be determined using either ASCE 7-05
or IBC since both of these yield identical results. Two levels of shaking are identified as
follows:
Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCE) Ground Motion
MCE ground motions have a 2 percent probability of exceedance within a 50-year
period (2475-year return period) with deterministic limits. These ground motions may be
read from the published maps in ASCE 7-05 or IBC adjusted for site class. These ground
motions may also be obtained using a ground motion calculator that is available at the
USGS web site (http://earthquake.usgs.gov/research/hazmaps/design/). A site-specific
MCE may be developed in accordance with Chapter 21 of ASCE 7-05 including the 80%
limits.
Design Earthquake (DE) Ground Motion
DE ground motions are 2/3 of the MCE motions as defined above adjusted for Site
Class.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-9

February 2017

ATTACHMENT 4 – SAMPLE CATEGORIZATION OF LNG STRUCTURES,
COMPONENTS, AND SYSTEMS
1.

Seismic Categorization

For purposes of design, all structures, components and systems important to normal
operation of the LNG project operations should be classified into one of the three Seismic
Categories that are defined below.
1.1

Seismic Category I

NBSIR 84-2833 defines Category I as all structures, components, and systems
which perform a vital safety related function such as containment of LNG and fire control.
Title 49 CFR Part 193 incorporates NFPA 59A 2001 edition with the exception of NFPA
59A 2006 edition for seismic design of field fabricated LNG storage tanks. Section 4.1.3.3
of NFPA 59A (2001) and Section 7.2.2.5 of NFPA 59A (2006) indicate the following
structures should be designed to withstand an OBE and SSE: (1) LNG storage containers
and their impounding systems; (2) System components required to isolate the LNG
container and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition; and (3) Structures and systems,
including fire protection systems, the failure of which could affect the integrity of (1) or
(2) above. This would include:
LNG storage tanks, foundations, and containment dikes
Emergency Power Generator(s) and Fuel Supply
Emergency Lighting
Fire protection systems:
Sprinkler Systems
Clean Agent Systems
Fixed Dry Chemical Units
Expansion Foam Units
Fire Water Piping
Fire Water Intakes
Fire Water Tanks
Fire Water Pump Structure
Fire Water Pumps
Fire Hydrants
Fire Water velocity cap
Interconnecting wiring
Hazard detection systems:
Low Temperature Detectors
Flammable/Combustible Gas Detectors
Oxygen Deficiency Detectors
Toxic Gas Detectors
Heat Detectors
Commission Staff Guidance

A-10

Februrary 2017

Fire Detectors
Smoke Detectors
Fire Alarm Boxes
Hazard Detection Panels in control room
Interconnecting wiring
Radio Communications System
All permanent mounted wireless radios
Shutdown Systems:
Emergency Shutdown Valves
Safety Instrumented Systems
Related SIS Panels
Interconnecting wiring
Uninterruptible Power System (U.P.S.)
Batteries (in rack)
Battery Charger
U.P.S. Inverter
Vent and relief system
All liquid and vapor relief valves in natural gas service
Vent and Flare Stacks
1.2

Seismic Category II

NBSIR 84-2833 defines Category II as all structures, components, and systems
other than those in Category I, which are required to maintain safe plant operation. This
would include:
LNG sendout system controls
Liquefaction trains
Vaporizers
Fuel gas system for fired equipment Instrumentation
Interconnecting piping systems
Metering system
Odorizing system
Hazardous Liquid pumps
Trim heater
Vapor absorber
LNG unloading and transfer system controls
Instrumentation
LNG recirculation system
Offshore piping from dock to abutment
Onshore piping systems from abutment to storage tanks
Unloading and Loading arms
Control Building
Electrical distribution systems fire station/warehouse
Commission Staff Guidance

A-11

February 2017

Instrument & utility air system
After Filter
Air Receiver
Compressors
Controls
Dryer
Instrumentation
Piping systems
Main control panel and components
Marine trestle and dock (includes structures such as unloading and loading platform,
service platform, trestle, dock operator's building and control tower on dock)
Nitrogen systems
Power generation system controls
Fuel gas heater
Fuel gas system Instrumentation
Power generation building Standby power generators
Seawater supply and return system controls instrumentation
Piping to vaporizers
Seawater pumps
Seawater return line screening equipment
Standby plant lighting
Substation buildings
Vapor compression system
Compressor suction drum controls instrumentation
Interconnecting piping systems
Unloading compressors
1.3

Seismic Category III

NBSIR 84-2833 defines Category III as facilities which are essential operational
support facilities not required for operation, shutdown, or maintenance of a safe shutdown
condition. This would include all other facilities not in Category I or II, including:
Administration Building
Bunker Fuel System
Diesel Fuel System except as needed for Category I or II equipment
Dock Service Equipment
Incoming Electrical Power Systems including switchyard normal plant lighting
system
Waste Treatment Building

Commission Staff Guidance

A-12

February 2017

2.

Supporting Elements and Enclosures

A structure, component, or system of a given Seismic Category may be supported
or enclosed by a structure classified in a different category, provided it is demonstrated that
the supported item can maintain its functional requirements specified by its Seismic
Category.
3.

Seismic Performance Goals by Category
The following are the seismic performance goals for each category:

3.1

Seismic Category I

At a minimum and in accordance with 49 CFR Part 193 and incorporated NFPA
59A, these structures, components and systems should be designed to remain operable
during and after the OBE design ground motion (NFPA 59A, 2006 edition, Section 7.2.2.5
A). The design should provide for no loss of containment capability of the primary
container and it should be possible to isolate and maintain the LNG container during and
after the SSE design ground motion (NFPA 59A, 2006 edition, Section 7.2.2.6 D).
At a minimum and in accordance with 49 CFR Part 193 and incorporated NFPA
59A, the impounding system should be designed to withstand an SSE while empty and an
OBE while holding maximum operating volume of the LNG container (NFPA 59A, [2001
edition], Section 4.1.3.2 and NFPA 59A, [2006 edition], Section 7.2.2.6). After an OBE or
SSE, there should be no loss of containment capability (NFPA 59A, 2001 edition, Section
4.1.3.4 and NFPA 59A, 2006 edition, Section 7.2.2.7).
3.2

Seismic Category II

At a minimum and in accordance with 49 CFR Part 193 and incorporated NFPA
59A, piping systems and components for flammable liquids and gases and service
temperatures below −20 °F should be designed to withstand an OBE (NFPA 59A, [2001
edition], Section 6.1.1 and 6.1.2). These systems and components should be designed to
meet the seismic performance goals of the IBC for “hazardous” facilities. For hazardous
facilities, it is expected that the damage from the DE ground motion defined in the
incorporated ASCE 7 would not be so severe as to preclude continued occupancy and
function of the project facilities.
3.3

Seismic Category III

These structures, components and systems should be designed to meet the seismic
performance goals of the IBC and ASCE 7 for normal “non-essential” facilities. For normal
facilities, it is expected that structures designed and constructed according to ASCE 7,
would sustain repairable damage when subjected to DE ground motions although it may
not be economical to do so.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-13

February 2017

ATTACHMENT 5 – SAMPLE SEISMIC DESIGN INFORMATION CONTENTS
1.

General

A seismic design criteria document (also called design basis document) that
specifies in detail the seismic criteria to be used in the design of Category I, II and III
structures, components and systems should be provided. It should include all seismic
design coefficients and inelastic reduction factors, load combinations and allowable
stress/strength factors and φ-factors permitted for each load combination. The additional
information requested in this Attachment should be included in the document.
2.

Seismic Design

2.1

Design Response Spectra

Design response spectra for the OBE, SSE, MCE, and DE should be provided. The
response spectra applied at the finished grade in the free field or at the various foundation
locations of Category I structures should be provided. The ASCE 7-05 seismic design
parameters that should be used at the various locations of Category II and III structures
should also be provided.
2.2

Design Time History

For the time history analyses, the response spectra derived from the actual or
synthetic earthquake time-motion records should be provided. A comparison of the
response spectra obtained in the free field at the finished grade level and the foundation
level (obtained from an appropriate time history at the base of the soil/structure interaction
system) with the design response spectra should be submitted for each of the damping
values to be used in the design of structures, systems, and components. Alternatively, if the
design response spectra for the OBE and SSE are applied at the foundation levels of
Category I structures in the free field, a comparison of the free-field response spectra at the
foundation level (derived from an actual or synthetic time history) with the design response
spectra should be provided for each of the damping values to be used in the design. The
period intervals at which the spectral values were calculated should be identified.
2.3

Critical Damping Values

The specific percentage of critical damping values used for Category I structures,
systems, and components and soil should be provided for both the OBE and SSE (e.g.,
damping values for the type of construction or fabrication such as prestressed concrete and
welded pipe). The basis for any proposed damping values should be included.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-14

Februrary 2017

2.4

Supporting Media for Category I Structures

A description of the supporting media for each Category I structure should be
provided. Include in this description foundation embedment depth, depth of soil over
bedrock, soil layering characteristics, width of the structural foundation, total structural
height, and soil properties such as shear wave velocity, shear modulus, and density. This
information is needed to permit evaluation of the suitability of using either a finite
difference or lumped spring approach for soil/structure interaction analysis, if necessary.
3.

Seismic System Analysis for Category I Structures

3.1

Seismic Analysis Methods

The applicable methods of seismic analysis (e.g., modal analysis response spectra,
modal analysis time history, equivalent static load) should be identified and described.
Descriptions (sketches) of typical mathematical models used to determine the response
should be provided. Indicate how the dynamic system analysis method includes in the
model consideration of foundation torsion, rocking, and translation. The method chosen
for selection of significant modes and adequate number of masses or degrees of freedom
should be specified. The manner in which consideration is given in the seismic dynamic
analysis to maximum relative displacement among supports should be indicated. In
addition, other significant effects that are accounted for in the seismic analysis (e.g.,
hydrodynamic effects and nonlinear response) should be indicated. If tests or empirical
methods are used in lieu of analysis, the testing procedure, load levels, and acceptance
bases should also be provided.
3.2

Natural Frequencies and Response Modes

The significant natural frequencies and response modes determined by seismic
system analyses should be provided for Category I structures. In addition, the response
spectra at critical Category I elevations and points of support should be specified.
3.3

Procedure Used for Modeling

The criteria and procedures used for modeling in the seismic system analyses should
be provided. Include the criteria and bases used to determine whether a component or
structure should be analyzed as part of a system analysis or independently as a subsystem.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-15

February 2017

3.4

Soil/Structure Interaction

As applicable, the methods of soil/structure interaction analysis used in the seismic
system analysis and their bases should be provided. The following information should be
included:
a)
b)
c)

the extent of embedment
the depth of soil over rock, and
layering of the soil strata.

If the finite difference approach is used, the criteria for determining the location of
the bottom boundary and side boundary should be specified. The procedure by which strain
dependent soil properties (e.g., damping and shear modulus) are incorporated in the
analysis should also be specified. The material given in Section 2.4 of this Attachment may
be referenced in this section.
If lumped spring methods are used, the parameters used in the analysis should be
discussed. Describe the procedures by which strain-dependent soil properties, layering, and
variation of soil properties are incorporated into the analysis. The suitability of a lumped
spring method used for the particular site conditions should also be discussed.
Any other methods used for soil/structure interaction analysis or the basis for not
using soil/structure interaction analysis should be provided.
The procedures used to consider effects of adjacent structures on structural response
in soil/structure interaction analysis should be provided.
3.5

Development of Floor Response Spectra

The procedures for developing floor response spectra considering the three
components of earthquake motion should be described. If a modal response spectrum
method of analysis is used to develop floor response spectra, the basis for its conservatism
and equivalence to a time history method should be provided.
3.6

Three Components of Earthquake Motion

Identify the procedures for considering the three components of earthquake motion
in determining the seismic response of structures, systems, and components.
3.7

Combination of Modal Responses

When a response spectra method is used, a description of the procedure for
combining modal responses (shears, moments, stresses, deflections, and accelerations)
should be provided.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-16

February 2017

3.8

Interaction of Non-Category I Structures with Category I Structures
Provide the design criteria used to account for the seismic motion of non-Category
I structures or portions thereof in the seismic design of Category I structures or portions
thereof. In addition, describe the design criteria that will be applied to ensure protection of
Category I structures from the structural failure of non-Category I structures due to seismic
effects.
3.9

Effects of Parameter Variations on Floor Response Spectra

The procedures that will be used to consider the effects of expected variations of
structural properties, damping, soil properties, and soil/structure interaction on floor
response spectra (e.g., peak width and period coordinates) and time histories should be
described.
3.10

Use of Constant Vertical Static Factors

Where applicable, identify and justify the application of constant static factors as
vertical response loads for the seismic design of Category I structures, systems, and
components in lieu of a vertical seismic system dynamic analysis method.
3.11

Method Used to Account for Torsional Effects

The method used to consider the torsional effects in the seismic analysis of the
Category I structures should be described. Where applicable, discuss and justify the use of
static factors or any other approximate method in lieu of a combined vertical, horizontal,
and torsional system dynamic analysis to account for torsional accelerations in the seismic
design of Category I structures.
3.12

Comparison of Responses

Where both modal response and time history methods are applied, the responses
obtained from both methods at selected points in major Category I structures should be
provided, together with a discussion of the comparative responses.
3.13

Determination of Category I Structure Overturning Moments

A description of the dynamic methods and procedures used to determine Category
I structure overturning moments should be provided.
3.14

Analysis Procedure for Damping

The analysis procedure used to account for the damping in different elements of the
model of a coupled system should be described.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-17

February 2017

4.

Design and Analysis Procedures

The procedures that will be used in the design and analysis of all internal Category
I structures should be described, including the assumptions made and the identification of
boundary conditions. The expected behavior under load and the mechanisms for load
transfer to these structures and then to the foundations should be provided. Computer
programs that are used should be referenced to permit identification with published
programs. Proprietary computer programs should be described to the maximum extent
practical to establish the applicability of the program and the measures taken to validate
the programs with solutions derived from other acceptable programs or with solutions of
classical problems.
5.

Structural Acceptance Criteria

The acceptance criteria relating stresses, strains, gross deformations, and other
parameters that identify quantitatively the margins of safety should be specified. The
information provided should address the containment as an entire structure, and it should
also address the margins of safety related to the major important local areas of the Category
I structures important to the safety function. For each applicable loading condition listed
below, the allowable limits should be provided, as appropriate for stresses, strains,
deformation, and factors of safety against structural failure. The extent of compliance with
the various applicable codes should be presented. The load conditions to consider include
but are not limited to:
a)

Loads encountered during seasonal plant startup, including dead loads, live
loads, thermal loads due to operating temperature, and hydrostatic loads.

b)

Loads that would be sustained in the event of severe environmental
conditions, including those induced by the OBE.

c)

Loads that would be sustained in the event of extreme environmental
conditions, including those that would be induced by the SSE.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-18

February 2017

ATTACHMENT 6 – SAMPLE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT CONTENTS
1.

Contents of Report

1.1

Plant Description

The general arrangement of major structures and equipment should be indicated by
the use of plan and elevation drawings in sufficient number and detail to provide a
reasonable understanding of the general layout of the plant. The sizes and loading of the
critical structures should be provided.
1.2

Summary of Site Investigation and Project Status

The current status of the site evaluation study should be documented and additional
planned investigations should also be described. The current design status of the project
should include whether the phase of design, such as conceptual design or final design, and
should identify what level of computations have been performed to arrive at the current
design stage and what studies, data gathering, calculations and documentation remains to
be done. Such items as unusual site characteristics, solutions to particularly difficult
engineering problems, and significant extrapolation in technology represented by the
design should be highlighted.
2.

Exploration

Discuss the type, quantity, extent, and purpose of all explorations. Provide plot plans
that graphically show the location of all site explorations such as borings, trenches, borrow
pits, seismic lines, cone penetration tests, piezometers, wells, geologic profiles, and the
limits of required construction excavations. The locations of the Seismic Category I, II,
and III facilities should be superimposed on the plot plan. Also, furnish selected geologic
cross-sections and profiles that indicate the location of borings and other site exploration
features, groundwater elevations, and final foundation grades. The location of safetyrelated foundations should be superimposed on these sections and profiles.
Logs of all borings and test pits should be provided. Furnish logs and maps of
exploratory trenches and geologic maps and photographs of the excavations for the
facilities of the LNG plant.
2.1

Logs of Borings/Cone Penetration Tests (CPT)

Present the logs of borings, CPTs, test pits and trenches that were completed for the
evaluation of foundations, slopes, and borrow materials to be used for slopes.
Logs should indicate elevations, depths, soil and rock classification information,
groundwater levels, exploration and sampling methods, recovery, rock quality designation

Commission Staff Guidance

A-19

Februrary 2017

(RQD), and blow counts from standard penetration tests. Provide specific details of how
the Standard Penetration Test was performed. Discuss drilling and sampling procedures
and indicate where samples were taken on the logs. In areas where liquefaction potential is
high, borings should be performed by rotary drilling method in accordance with the
requirements for obtaining standard penetration blow count N-values outlined by Youd, et
al., 2001 (Ref.11) and Martin & Lew, 1999 (Ref. 21). Cone penetration tests should be
performed to define the soil profile accurately and to use both N-values and CPT data for
evaluation of liquefaction potential and settlements due to liquefaction. Typically a
minimum of five (5) explorations (borings / CPTs) should be performed under each LNG
tank and the depth of the exploration should be 20 feet deeper than deepest anticipated
foundations. The borings and CPTs should also be sufficiently deep to sample the zone of
influence for settlements and liquefaction potential (at least 100 feet if bedrock is not
encountered). For large tanks more than 5 explorations may be necessary to adequately
characterize the sub-surface conditions.
All local, state, and Federal environmental regulations regarding obtaining permits
for the geotechnical borings and wells, clearing of underground utilities, disposal of
cuttings and drilling mud should be followed.
Where groundwater is present at depths which could affect the foundations or
liquefaction potential, selected borings should be converted into wells to define stabilized
groundwater. Historic high groundwater should be determined from published literature
for liquefaction evaluation.
2.2

Geophysical Surveys

Results of compressional and shear wave velocity surveys performed to evaluate the
occurrence and characteristics of the foundation soils and rocks should be provided in
tables and profiles. Discuss other geophysical methods used to define foundation
conditions. The depth of explorations for performing downhole or cross-hole shear wave
velocity measurements should be at least 100 feet.
3.

Laboratory Testing

3.1

General

Laboratory testing should include the following tests. Actual tests should depend on
the type of soil encountered. All testing should be performed in accordance with the most
recent ASTM standards (Ref. 30), where applicable. Adequate number and type of tests
should be performed on representative samples in order to characterize the subsurface soils
and to develop representative strength, compressibility, and corrosivity properties of the
soils as indicated in this specification.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-20

February 2017

3.2

Identification Tests
Moisture Content (ASTM D2216)
Unit Weight
Specific Gravity (ASTM D854)
Sieve Analysis (AS TM D422)
Atterberg Limits (ASTM D4318)

3.3

Engineering Property Characterization Tests
Compaction (ASTM D1557, or D698)
California Bearing Ratio (ASTM D1883)
R-value (ASTM D2844)
Unconfined Compression Test of Cohesive Soils (ASTM D2166)
Unconsolidated-Undrained Triaxial Compression Test (ASTM D2850)
Consolidation Test with time readings (ASTM D2435)
Swell Test (ASTM D4546)
Expansion Index Test (ASTM D4829)
Collapse test (ASTM D 5333)
Consolidated-Drained Triaxial Compression Test
Consolidated-Undrained Triaxial Compression Test with Pore Pressure
Measurements (ASTM D4767)
Direct Shear Test (ASTM D3080)
Soil Permeability (ASTM D5084 and D2434)
Corrosivity (Chloride, Sulfate, Electrical Resistivity)
pH Value for Soil Corrosivity (ASTM G51)

4.

Geologic and Seismic Setting

This section of the report should discuss general geologic and seismic information
relevant to foundation design such as geologic setting, regional geology, site geology,
faulting. Specific geologic features that may affect site stability and foundation design such
as the following should be discussed.
1)

Areas of actual or potential surface or subsurface subsidence, uplift, or
collapse and the causes of these conditions;

2)

Previous loading history of the foundation materials, i.e., history of
deposition and erosion, groundwater levels, and glacial or other preloading
influences on the soil;

3)

Rock bedding and jointing pattern and distribution, depth of weathering,
zones of alteration or irregular weathering, and zones of structural weakness
composed of crushed or disturbed materials such as slickensides, shears,

Commission Staff Guidance

A-21

February 2017

joints, fractures, faults, folds, or a combination of these features. Especially
note seams and lenses of weak materials such as clays and weathered shales;
4)

Unrelieved residual stresses in bedrock;

5)

Rocks or soils that may be hazardous, or may become hazardous, to the plant
because of their lack of consolidation or induration, inhomogeneity,
variability, high water content, solubility, or undesirable response to natural
or induced site conditions; and

6)

Requirements of the detailed site geology, seismicity, and faulting as they
relate to site Ground Motion Study are provided in Attachment 3.

5.

Site Conditions

5.1

Surface Conditions

The surface conditions at the site should be described. Presence of any unusual site
features should be identified. Site topography including existing contours should be
provided. Site drainage should be discussed. Include a current aerial photograph of the site,
and if available, provide historic aerial photographs of the site that demonstrate any past
conditions or uses of the site relevant to the proposed project design.
5.2

Subsurface Soil Conditions

Site subsurface conditions should be described in detail. Generalized subsurface
profiles including various soil strata should be presented in various cross-sections across
the site specifically through the LNG tank area. Soil properties assigned to each strata
should be tabulated for bearing capacity, settlement, pile capacity, and slope stability
calculations. The basis for selected soil parameters (laboratory testing, blow counts, CPT
data, experience) should be stated. A discussion on the selection of engineering parameters
is required. When published correlation relationships are used to determine the engineering
parameters, references should be given.
A conversion ratio between blow counts from penetration tests not performed per
ASTM D 1586 (standard penetration test) should be discussed and provided, if applicable.
This includes nonstandard samplers, nonstandard hammer energy delivery systems, and
considerations of hammer efficiency.
5.3

Groundwater Conditions
The analysis of groundwater at the site should include the following points:
1)

A discussion of groundwater conditions relative to the stability of Seismic
Category I safety-related facilities;

Commission Staff Guidance

A-22

February 2017

6.

2)

A discussion of design criteria for the control of groundwater levels or
collection and control of seepage;

3)

Requirements for dewatering during construction and a discussion of how
dewatering will be accomplished;

4)

Records of field and laboratory permeability tests;

5)

History of groundwater fluctuations, including those due to flooding and
recommended design groundwater level for the plant and for liquefaction
analyses;

6)

Information related to the periodic monitoring of local wells and
piezometers;

7)

Direction of groundwater flow, gradients, and velocities; and

8)

Discussion of or reference to the groundwater monitoring program during
the life of the plant to assess the potential for subsidence.

Seismic Hazards

Seismic hazards include fault rupture, ground motions, liquefaction, lateral
spreading, seismic slope stability, seismic compaction, tsunamis and seiche. Details of fault
rupture, ground motions, tsunamis, and seiche, should be provided in the site-specific
seismic ground motion report. These items should be summarized in the geotechnical
report.
Liquefaction potential, liquefaction-related settlement, potential for sand boils and
other surface manifestation of liquefaction, lateral spreading, seismic slope stability,
seismic compaction, and need for ground improvement to mitigate these hazards, if present,
should be addressed in detail in the geotechnical report.
6.1

Fault Rupture

Distances from significant faults should be identified and potential for fault rupture
should be discussed in the geotechnical report. The site-specific ground motion report
should be referenced for more details.
6.2

Site Class
Site Class should be identified per ASCE 7 or IBC.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-23

February 2017

6.3

Ground Motions

A seismic hazard study should be performed to establish ground motions for the site
for four levels of shaking, the OBE, the SSE, the MCE, and the DE. Details of the
requirements for the determination of the ground motions are presented in Attachment 3.
6.4

Seismic Slope Stability

The LNG tanks should have a minimum calculated static factor of safety of 1.5 for
slope stability with respect to any nearby slopes of berthing slips or other existing or future
slopes. Pseudo-static screening analyses may be used to determine seismic slope stability,
provided the soils are not liquefiable or expected to lose shear strength significantly during
deformation. Detailed deformation analyses should be performed where pseudo-static
screening analyses indicate that factor of safety is less than 1.0.
6.5

Liquefaction Evaluation

When the field investigation reveals that potentially liquefiable soils and conditions
including lateral spreading exist and they pose a hazard to the project site, a quantitative
geotechnical evaluation of such a potential should be conducted. In-situ testing, soil
sampling, and laboratory testing on potentially liquefiable soils must be properly planned
and conducted to obtain reliable data for the geotechnical evaluation. If liquefaction is
likely to occur, its consequences should be assessed, its impact on foundations should be
addressed, and mitigation measures should be specified. Elevations of the liquefiable
layer(s) should be presented in the Foundation Report. Assumptions, analytical or
empirical methods used, and conclusions for liquefaction evaluation should be stated with
relevant data and analysis attached in Appendices. Potential for surface manifestation of
liquefaction in form of sand boils and surface displacement should be identified. Total and
differential settlements due to liquefaction should be estimated and provided. If
liquefaction settlements are beyond the tolerance of the proposed structures, remedial
measures to mitigate liquefaction potential should be provided. All liquefaction evaluations
should be performed in accordance with latest published guidelines (e.g., Youd, T. L., et.
al., 2001 (Ref. 11), and Martin, G. R., and Lew, M., 1999 (Ref. 21)).
6.6

Lateral Spreading

If liquefaction potential exists, potential for lateral spreading should be evaluated
and calculations of lateral movements made by Newmark simplified approach (Makdisi,
F. I., and Seed H.B, 1978 and by Bartlett & Youd (1995)) method. The effects of calculated

Commission Staff Guidance

A-24

February 2017

lateral spreading movements on the stability of the plant structures should be evaluated and
remedial measures proposed, if the movements exceed the design criteria.
6.7

Subsidence

Subsidence due to earthquakes, groundwater or oil withdrawal is a significant
geologic/seismic risk. Areal movements due to these effects should be evaluated and their
effects on the differential settlement of the plant structures, or general effects on the site
(e.g., should be evaluated.
7.

Poor Soil Conditions

Presence of poor or unusual soil conditions, such as highly compressible or highly
expansive soils, corrosive soils, collapsible soils, erodible soils, liquefaction-susceptible
soils, frost heave susceptible soils, frozen soils, or sanitary landfill etc. should be identified
and remedial measures including ground improvement methods should be recommended,
if such soils are present.
8.

Foundation Recommendations

Complete, concise, and definite foundation recommendations should be provided
for various categories (Seismic Categories I, II, and II) structures. The selection of a
specific foundation type depends on factors such as surface and subsurface conditions at
the site, geotechnical capacity, dynamic and static demands, environmental concerns,
economics, and construction issues. The recommended foundation type should be costeffective, performance-proven, and constructible.
Alternative foundation types should be discussed and the reasons why those
alternatives are not recommended should be stated. Solutions to potential construction
problems should be discussed. A sufficient and adequate geotechnical evaluation for the
recommended foundation should be performed.
In general, any foundation design should meet four essential requirements: (1)
adequate geotechnical capacity of soil/rock surrounding the foundation with a specified
safety against ultimate failure; (2) acceptable total or differential settlements under static
and dynamic loads; (3) adequate overall stability of slopes in the vicinity of a footing/mat;
and (4) constructability with solutions for anticipated problems.
8.1

LNG Tanks

8.1.1 Tank Loading and Settlement Criteria
For LNG tanks the loading from the tanks and criteria for adequate factor of safety
against bearing capacity failure and settlement should be discussed.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-25

February 2017

8.1.2 Shallow Foundations
LNG tanks supported on shallow foundations are generally supported on a mat.
Ultimate bearing capacity of the mat should be calculated and should provide a minimum
factor of safety of 3.0 for the applied tank loading during hydrotest. Effects of adjacent
slopes, if present, on the bearing capacity should be evaluated. The reduction of the factor
of safety due to liquefaction or other effects should be evaluated and addressed. Total and
differential settlement of the mat foundation should be calculated under various applied
loads such as during hydrotest, operation, and seismic conditions including liquefaction, if
present.
Recommendations for monitoring of the settlements during hydrotest should be
provided. Lateral stability of the tanks under seismic and wind loads should be calculated
and it should be demonstrated that an adequate factor of safety is present. If lateral
spreading is a seismic issue, lateral stability of the tanks due to lateral spreading movements
should be demonstrated. Overall lateral stability of the foundation for static and seismic
conditions including any adjacent slopes, if present, should be evaluated.
8.1.3 Deep Foundations
For Deep Foundations, the report should address, but not be limited to, the following
when applicable:
1.

Pile Types, Axial Compressive and Tensile, and Settlement
a.

Recommended pile types should be identified as driven Precast
Prestressed Reinforced Concrete piles, Steel H or Pipe piles, cast-in
drilled hole (CIDH) piles, Auger Cast Piles or others. Alternatives
should be discussed and the reasons why those alternatives are not
recommended should be stated.

b.

Whether compressive and/or tensional geotechnical capacities are
derived from skin friction, end bearing, or a combination of both for a
single or group pile(s) should be discussed.

c.

Pile design tip elevations (DTE) may be controlled by demands from
compression, tension, lateral loads, scour potential, or liquefaction.
The pile Specified Tip Elevation (STE) equals the lowest pile DTE as
estimated above.

d.

The portion of the axial capacities for pile foundations in and above
liquefiable soils should be neglected.

e.

Negative skin friction (down-drag) on pile shaft due to settlements of
new fills or compressible soil layers should be eliminated by use of

Commission Staff Guidance

A-26

February 2017

preloading/surcharge with or without wick drains prior to pile
installation or piles should be designed for downdrag associated with
these settlements. Downdrag from settlements due to liquefaction
should also be calculated.

2.

3.

f.

When a situation such as liquefaction potential exists that does not
allow for mitigation and elimination of negative skin friction, the
magnitude of the downdrag forces should be estimated and provided
to the structural designer for him/her to incorporate those forces into
Design Loading. The magnitude of estimated settlement should also be
provided to the structural engineer.

g.

Lateral pile capacity should be estimated using the p-y method or
equivalent. Group reduction factors depending on soil types, pile
spacing, and anticipated lateral movement should be considered when
evaluating lateral capacity for a group of piles. Formulation of p-y
curves for liquefiable soils and weak rocks, effects of pile diameters
on lateral soil modulus and soil strain parameters, evaluation of
liquefaction or lateral spreading forces imposed on pile, and reduced
moment of inertia for concrete piles should be addressed.

h.

The single and/or group pile settlement should not exceed the tolerable
amount as established by the structural designer.

Special Considerations for Cast-In Drilled Hole (CIDH) Piles
a.

When battered piles are required, CIDH piles should not be used
because of the increased risk of caving and the difficulty of placing
concrete in a sloping hole.

b.

If pile tips are below the groundwater table or wet construction
method is used, CIDH piles should be designed at a diameter equal to
or greater than 24 in.

c.

When CIDH piles are used under water, no end bearing should be used
unless positive measures to verify the end bearing are recommended.

Installation of Driven Piles

Pile drivability should be evaluated by wave equation analyses. An indicator pile
program including pile driving analyzer (PDA) measurements should be planned to
verify the pile drivability and the estimated capacity. A load test program should be
developed to verify the capacity of selected piles both under axial and lateral conditions.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-27

February 2017

4.

Installation of Drilled or Auger Cast Piles

Gamma-Gamma testing should be performed on CIDH piles installed
underwater by the wet method to verify the integrity of the piles.
An axial and lateral load test program should be implemented to verify the axial and
lateral capacity of the piles. Pile Load Test can be used for determining pile capacity at
failure (ultimate capacity), and for establishing field acceptance criteria. A load test
remains the definitive way to determine whether the professional's estimate of capacity and
specified tip elevations is appropriate in design and to determine whether the production
piles meet the specifications during construction. The equipment and procedures for
conducting pile axial compressive load tests can be found in literature such as ASTM D
1143. Static axial tension tests should be performed per ASTM D 3689. Static lateral load
tests should be performed per ASTM D 3966.
8.1.4

Ground Improvement

Ground Improvement should discuss the need for ground improvement, type(s) of
ground improvement, surcharge, stone columns, vibroflotation, soil-cement columns,
dynamic compaction, and other types of ground improvement. The discussion should
address the effects of ground improvements on soil properties and seismic ground motions.
9.

Corrosion

An assessment of the corrosiveness of a site based on the review of relevant
corrosion test data should be made. Corrosion test data should include pH, electrical
resistivity, stray electrical ground currents, water soluble sulfates and chlorides. Sufficient
information regarding the number and location of soil borings for corrosion testing should
be included to allow a thorough review of the recommendations. Recommendations
regarding concrete and metals in contact with onsite soils should be provided.
10. Pavement Design
Recommendations for design of asphalt and Portland cement concrete pavements
for the plant area should be provided based on the onsite soil R-value or CBR.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-28

February 2017

ATTACHMENT 7 – SAMPLE FOUNDATION DESIGN CRITERIA CONTENTS
1.

General
A foundation design criteria document should be provided that states how Seismic
Category I, II and III structures will be designed. This document will be consistent with
recommendations provided in the geotechnical report. In addition, the foundation criteria
document should include the items requested in this attachment.
2.

Foundation Design

All Seismic Category I and II structures constructed of materials other than soil for
the purpose of transferring loads and forces to the basic supporting media should be
addressed in more detail. In particular, the information described below should be
provided.
2.1

Description of the Foundations

This section should provide descriptive information, including plan and section
views of each foundation, to define the primary structural aspects and elements relied upon
to perform the foundation function. The relationship between adjacent foundations,
including any separation provided and the reasons for such separation, should be described.
In particular, the type of foundation and its structural characteristics should be discussed.
The general arrangement of each foundation should be provided with emphasis on the
methods of transferring horizontal shears, such as those seismically induced, to the
foundation media. If shear keys are used for such purposes, the general arrangement of the
keys should be included. If waterproofing membranes are used, their effect on the
capability of the foundation to transfer shears should be discussed.
Information should be provided to adequately describe other types of foundation
structures such as pile foundations, caisson foundations, retaining walls, abutments, and
rock and soil anchorage systems.
2.2

Applicable Codes, Standards, and Specifications

This section should provide information on the applicable codes, standards and
specifications used in the design foundations of all Seismic Category I, II, and III
structures.
2.3

Loads and Load Combinations

This section should provide information, as applicable, on the load combinations
that should be used in conjunction with the foundation recommendations for all Category
I, II, and III structures.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-29

Februrary 2017

2.4

Design and Analysis Procedures

This section should provide information, as applicable, on the foundations of all
Category I , II, and III structures. In particular, the assumptions made on boundary
conditions and the methods by which lateral loads and forces and overturning moments,
thereof, are transmitted from the structure to the foundation media should be discussed,
along with the methods by which the effects of settlement are taken into consideration.
2.5

Structural Acceptance Criteria

This section should provide information applicable to foundations of all Category I,
II, and III structures. In particular, the design limits imposed on the various parameters that
serve to define the structural stability of each structure and its foundations should be
indicated, including differential settlements and factors of safety against overturning and
sliding.
2.6

Materials, Quality Control, and Special Construction Techniques

This section should provide materials, quality control, and special construction
techniques for the foundations of all Category I, II, and III structures.

Commission Staff Guidance

A-30

February 2017